units

faculty-ug-eng

Faculty of Engineering

Skip to content | Change text size
 

print version

Monash University

Monash University Handbook 2010 Undergraduate - Units


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)R Jagadeeshan (Clayton); K B T Tan (Sunway)

Synopsis

An introduction to momentum transfer. Topics include fluid statics; differential and integral balances of mass, momentum and energy; flow measurement; pipe flow and frictional losses; dimensional analysis; pumps; compressible flow.

Objectives

  1. Calculate fluid forces acting on bodies which are partially or fully submerged in fluids.
  2. Use control volumes to predict fluid behaviour with particular regard to the principles of continuity, momentum and energy, and the Bernoulli equation.
  3. Use dimensional analysis and modelling to plan experiments, to present results meaningfully and to predict prototype performance.
  4. Calculate lift and drag forces for bodies subjected to fluid motion.
  5. Compute flow rates in pipe networks under steady state conditions.
  6. Understand the typical operation and applications of Pumps and Compressors, their capabilities and limitations, and operating parameters that significantly affect performance
  7. To describe the nature of two-phase flows and to use simple models for prediction of pressure drops in such flows
  8. To classify non-Newtonian Fluids, use constitutive equations for these fluids to predict pressure drops in different flows
  9. Carry out simple experiments relating to fluid properties and flow behaviour.

Assessment

Assignments: 30%
Examinations (3 hours): 70%
Students are required to achieve at least 45% in the total continuous assessment component (assignments, tests, mid-semester exams, laboratory reports) and at least 45% in the final examination component. Students failing to achieve this requirement will be given a maximum of 45% in the unit.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Paul Webley

Contact hours

3 hours lectures, 1 hour of practice classes, 2 hours laboratory classes and 6 hours of private study per week

Prohibitions

CHE2100


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)H Wang/H Yeasmin

Synopsis

This unit will introduce students to topics in material and energy balances through a systematic treatment of: multiple unit operations, recycle, reactions, equations of state, liquid-vapour phase equilibrium, liquid-liquid equilibrium, latent and sensible heat, heat of reactions, and computer aided simulation. The HYSIS process simulation software will be used to aid in the solution of more complex system.

Objectives

The student is expected to learn procedures to solve complex material and energy balances.

Assessment

Tests 10%
Projects 30%
Examination (3 hours): 60%
Students are required to achieve at least 45% in the total continuous assessment component (assignments, tests, mid-semester exams, laboratory reports) and at least 45% in the final examination component. Students failing to achieve this requirement will be given a maximum of 45% in the unit.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Paul Webley

Contact hours

6 hours lectures, practice classes, laboratories and project work and 6 hours of private study per week

Prohibitions

CHE2113, CHE2140


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)P Chan

Synopsis

Introduce fundamentals and applications of heat and mass transfer. Develop an understanding of the mechanisms and mathematical representation of conduction, convection and radiation heat transfer and convective mass transfer. Gain an appreciation for the analogies between heat and mass transfer using dimensional analysis. Understand and apply concepts of local and overall heat and mass transfer coefficients including boiling heat transfer to simple problems. Gain an understanding of molecular diffusion in gases, solids, and liquids and develop methods to use these concepts in problem solving. Perform experiments to illustrate the concepts of heat and mass transfer.

Objectives

1a. Understand the basic mechanisms of conduction, convection and radiation and the mathematical representations of the corresponding rates of heat transfer
1b. Understand the basic mechanisms of diffusive and convective mass transfer within a phase and the mathematical representation of the corresponding rate of mass transfer.
2. Develop an understanding of the dependence of heat and mass transfer rates on fluid and system properties and geometry
3. Understand the analogy between heat and mass transfer
4. Develop skills in solving engineering problems involving heat and mass transfer such as heat transfer between fluids in contact, radiation to/from surfaces, mass transfer between phases in contact.
5. Understand the application of dimensional analysis to the development of correlations for heat and mass transfer
6. Learn to derive and apply expressions for heat and mass transfer coefficients
7. Understand the basic mechanism of molecular diffusion and its mathematical representation.
8. Develop skills in the experimental measurement of heat and mass transfer processes and the interpretation of experimental data in the context of the theory of heat and mass transfer
9. Obtain practice in writing a technical report.

Assessment

Laboratory: 15%
Assignments and Tests: 15%
Examination (3 hours): 70%
Students are required to achieve at least 45% in the total continuous assessment component (assignments, tests, mid-semester exams, laboratory reports) and at least 45% in the final examination component. Students failing to achieve this requirement will be given a maximum of 45% in the unit.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Paul Webley

Contact hours

2 hours lectures, 2 hours practice sessions, 2 hours laboratory classes and 6 hours private study per week

Co-requisites

CHE2162


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)P Webley (Clayton); V Doshi (Sunway)

Synopsis

Introduce fundamentals and applications of classical thermodynamics. Understand the concepts of heat, work, energy, and entropy, the First and Second Laws of Thermodynamics and their application. Introduction to the Carnot cycle and the concept of irreversibility. Understand the use of property diagrams in solving heat engine and heat pump cycles. Understand the operation and analysis of the Brayton, Otto, Diesel and Rankine cycles. Introduction to the analysis of refrigeration and heat pump cycles. Perform experiments to illustrate the concepts of Thermodynamics. Simple combustion processes. Renewable energy and its use in heating and electricity generation and environmental benefits.

Objectives

  1. Understand the basic concepts of energy, work, heat, temperature, state of a system, path and state functions, phase equilibrium
  2. Understand the formulation of the first and second laws of thermodynamics including the Kelvin-Planck and Clausius forms of the second law
  3. Develop skills in applying the first and second laws of thermodynamics to problems involving open and closed systems in steady and unsteady state situations
  4. Be able to calculate changes in internal energy, enthalpy and entropy of simple fluids in the vapour, liquid, and mixed state as a result of heat and work interactions
  5. Be able to analyse the performance of gas and vapour power cycles in particular the Brayton cycle, Otto cycle, diesel cycle and Rankine cycle. Appreciate the use of T-s and P-v diagrams in the solution and interpretation of these problems
  6. Be able to analyse the performance of refrigeration and heat pump cycles by the use of tables and/or P-h diagrams
  7. Be familiar with renewable energy systems and their Thermodynamic analysis
  8. Develop skills in the experimental measurement of heat and work transfer processes and the interpretation of experimental data in the context of the theory of thermodynamics
  9. Obtain practice in writing a technical report.

Assessment

Laboratory: 15%
Assignments and Tests: 15
Examination (3 hours): 70%
Students are required to achieve at least 45% in the total continuous assessment component (assignments, tests, mid-semester exams, laboratory reports) and at least 45% in the final examination component. Students failing to achieve this requirement will be given a maximum of 45% in the unit.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Paul Webley

Contact hours

3 hours lectures, 3 hours practice sessions and/or laboratories and 6 hours of private study per week


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)M Danquah/G Garnier/W Shen

Synopsis

Application of biology, colloid, polymer and surface science to biotechnology, nanotechnology, and sustainable engineering. Colloid stability/coagulation, polymer physics, polymers in colloidal systems and interfacial science. Elements of interfacial engineering and nanomaterials including micelle bilayers, liquid crystals, vesicles, bicontinuous structures. Cell biology and DNA including the introduction of the cell, the parts of the cell, cellular composition and the different types of cells used in biotechnology. The cell as a factory. DNA and the central theme of DNA processes and applications. Examples of bio-nano engineering in food science.

Objectives

Develop the ability to apply the basic concepts of biology, colloid, surface and polymer science to applications in biotechnology, nanotechnology and sustainable processes. Develop teamwork and communications skills. Develop the skills to undertake a literature search and prepare a literature review.

Assessment

Mid-semester test: 10%
Individual and team projects: 40%
Examination (2 hours): 50%
Students are required to achieve at least 45% in the total continuous assessment component (assignments, tests, mid-semester exams, laboratory reports) and at least 45% in the final examination component. Students failing to achieve this requirement will be given a maximum of 45% in the unit.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Paul Webley

Contact hours

2 hours lectures, 3 hours practice sessions/laboratory sessions and 7 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

VCE Chemistry (or ENG1070 or CHM1011 or equivalent)


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)R Jagadeeshan

Synopsis

This unit covers thermodynamics from a chemical engineering viewpoint. Content will cover basic concepts and the use of: thermodynamic functions such as free energy, enthalpy, and entropy; estimation of properties of pure compounds and mixtures; description of solution thermodynamics and its applications, equilibrium phase diagrams and chemical reaction equilibria.

Objectives

On successful completion of this course students should:

  1. be able to apply mass, energy and entropy balances to flow processes
  2. be able to calculate the properties of ideal and real mixtures based on thermodynamic principles
  3. be able to determine changes in the properties of gases, fluids and solids undergoing changes in temperature and volume
  4. be able to explain the underlying principles of phase equilibrium in binary and multi-component systems
  5. understand the concepts involved in describing the extent to which chemical reactions proceed, and the determination of composition attained at equilibrium.

Assessment

Individual tests: 15%
Laboratory: 15%
Examination (3 hours): 70%
Students are required to achieve at least 45% in the total continuous assessment component (assignments, tests, mid-semester exams, laboratory reports) and at least 45% in the final examination component. Students failing to achieve this requirement will be given a maximum of 45% in the unit.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Paul Webley

Contact hours

3 hours lectures, 1 hour tutorial classes, 2 hours laboratory classes and 6 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

CHE2164

Prohibitions

CHE3115


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)K Hapgood

Synopsis

This unit provides a thorough introduction to process control and simulation. The unit begins with understanding disturbances, why disturbances need to be controlled and possible responses of various systems to a disturbance. The selection of which variables to control, which variables to manipulate and approaches to interactions are covered, together with the most important types of control loops and computer control systems. Topics include common control scenarios - feed back, feed forward, and cascade systems; ratio control; tuning of PID controllers; single loop and multiple loop systems; interactions and decoupling; process simulation and advanced process control.

Objectives

After completion of this unit, the student should be able to:

  1. understand the response to a disturbance including first order and second order responses
  2. analyse common control scenarios including feedback, feed forward, ratio and cascade systems
  3. analyse and model simple dynamic systems and understand the approach to modeling more complex systems
  4. apply basic and advanced control strategies including tuning of controllers, and model-based control
  5. appreciate the issues associated with the use of computer control systems for the implementation of process control
  6. analyse a process and select a suitable control strategy for a given situation

Assessment

Laboratory: 5%
Assignments/tests: 25%
Examination (3 hours): 70%
Students are required to achieve at least 45% in the total continuous assessment component (assignments, tests, mid-semester exams, laboratory reports) and at least 45% in the final examination component. Students failing to achieve this requirement will be given a maximum of 45% in the unit.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Paul Webley

Contact hours

2 hours lectures, 3 hours of practice sessions/laboratories and 7 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

ENG2091 and ENG2092

Prohibitions

CHE3107, CHE4110


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)S Bhattacharya/M Danquah

Synopsis

This unit will explore cleaner production and sustainability concepts, the principles of process design and development and associated flowsheets, systematic approaches to waste minimisation in process and utility systems, the methodology of life cycle assessment and application of life cycle assessment to processes and products. These themes will be developed in lectures and supported by student project work related to selected industrial processes.

Objectives

Understand the principles of cleaner production and sustainability and apply these principles in the design and evaluation of processes and products
Be able to design and evaluate processes with emphasis on resource and energy efficiency and waste minimisation
Be able to develop and draw a detailed process flowsheet
Be able to represent the life cycle of a product using a block diagram, and identify the main environmental impacts of the life cycle.
Understand the principles of life cycle assessment and apply the methodology to processes and products.
Understand the benefits and burdens of materials recycling.

Assessment

Projects: 40%
Examination (3 hours): 60%
Students are required to achieve at least 45% in the total continuous assessment component (assignments, tests, mid-semester exams, laboratory reports) and at least 45% in the final examination component. Students failing to achieve this requirement will be given a maximum of 45% in the unit.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Paul Webley

Contact hours

3 hours lectures, 2 hours project work and 7 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

CHE2162, CHE2163, CHE2164


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)S Bhattacharya

Synopsis

This unit aims to develop a fundamental understanding of chemical reaction kinetics and reactor design, including:

  1. fundamentals of design of ideal reactors
  2. rate laws, collection and analysis of rate data, stoichiometry
  3. isothermal reactor design
  4. multiple reactions, reaction mechanisms and pathways
  5. an introduction to bio-reaction engineering
  6. non-isothermal reactor design
  7. catalysis and catalytic reactors.

Objectives

The student is expected to:

  1. understand the importance of chemical kinetics and reactor design in chemical industry
  2. understand the fundamentals of chemical kinetics for complicated reactions
  3. understand the fundamentals of kinetics of catalytic reactions, including some biochemical reactions
  4. understand the fundamentals of reactor design
  5. apply advanced mathematics to complicated problems of reactor design
  6. analyse the behaviour of complicated reactors
  7. apply the fundamental principles of reaction engineering to a wide range of problems, eg in traditional petrochemical and chemical industry, in pharmaceutical industry, in energy industry, in environmental protection
  8. appreciate the roles of chemical engineers in society
  9. be confident in identifying new reaction engineering problems and formulating original solutions.

Assessment

Assignments/Tests: 15%
Laboratory: 15%
Examination: 70%
Students are required to achieve at least 45% in the total continuous assessment component (assignments, tests, mid-semester exams, laboratory reports) and at least 45% in the final examination component. Students failing to achieve this requirement will be given a maximum of 45% in the unit.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Paul Webley

Contact hours

3 hours lectures, 3 hours practice sessions/laboratories and 6 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

CHE2162, CHE2163, CHE2164

Prohibitions

CHE3101, CHE4102


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)B Ladewig

Synopsis

A comprehensive treatment of the fundamentals of separation processes of interest to the chemical industry is covered. The fundamental principles of mass transfer are reviewed and extended to include principles of interfacial mass transfer and simultaneous heat and mass transfer. General mass and energy balances are derived for equilibrium staged processes. The applications of these principles are made to the unit operations of distillation (binary and multi-component), liquid-liquid extraction, gas-liquid absorption and stripping, condensation of multi-component systems, humidification and drying, adsorption and ion-exchange, and membrane separation processes.

Objectives

  1. Understand the analysis of general equilibrium stage processes (co- and countercurrent)
  2. Understand the principles underlying the operation of a range of separation processes
  3. Understand how to analyse the operation and performance of a range of separation processes and unit operations
  4. Develop skills in solving engineering problems related to design and operation of separation processes and unit operations
  5. Develop experimental skills in operating and analysing the performance of separation unit operations
  6. Illustrate through laboratory exercises the practical applications of the knowledge gained in separation processes.

Assessment

Assignments/tests: 15%
Laboratory: 15%
Examination: 70%
Students are required to achieve at least 45% in the total continuous assessment component (assignments, tests, mid-semester exams, laboratory reports) and at least 45% in the final examination component. Students failing to achieve this requirement will be given a maximum of 45% in the unit.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Paul Webley

Contact hours

2 hours lectures, 2 hours practice sessions, 2 hours laboratories and 6 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

CHE2162, CHE2163

Prohibitions

CHE3102


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)P Webley/H Yeasmin

Synopsis

This unit will develop four important inter-related themes associated with the detailed design of chemical equipment and processes. These themes are process safety, mechanical integrity, equipment selection, and process operability (including piping and instrumentation). These themes will be developed using a mixture of lectures and project-orientated learning activities, which will involve computer simulation and at least one plant visit.

Objectives

Be able to design processes which eliminate or reduce the risks to personnel and the environment and layout a processing plant to facilitate its operation and safety.
Be able to calculate the stress distribution for plane stress and be able to calculate the principal stresses for the following loading conditions: internal pressure, bending, and torsion. Calculate the combined loading on a pressure vessel and complete the mechanical design according to AS1210.
Be able to select materials for particular applications from an understanding of their mechanical properties and corrosion resistance.
Be able to calculate the main parameters required to specify rotary equipment such as pumps, compressors, expanders and mixers and be able to design fully a heat exchanger. Furthermore, be able to select the appropriate form of this equipment.
Be able to draw a P & I diagram for a continuous process including details of the piping system and instrumentation, including simple control strategies.
Understand the role of the chemical engineer in the detailed design of a project and his/her relationship to other engineers and professions who might also be involved.

Assessment

Tests: 10%
Projects: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 60%
Students are required to achieve at least 45% in the total continuous assessment component (assignments, tests, mid-semester exams, laboratory reports) and at least 45% in the final examination component. Students failing to achieve this requirement will be given a maximum of 45% in the unit.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Paul Webley

Contact hours

3 hours lectures, 3 hours practice sessions and 6 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

CHE2162, CHE2163, CHE2164

Prohibitions

CHE3109


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedNot offered in 2010
Coordinator(s)R Jagadeeshan

Synopsis

Fundamental principles of transport phenomena, Newton's law of viscosity, Fourier's law of heat conduction and Fick's law of diffusion. Transfer coefficients (viscosity, thermal conductivity and diffusivity). Newtonian and Non-Newtonian fluids, conservation laws (mass, momentum and energy) and steady state shell mass, momentum and energy balances. Numerical solution of partial differential equations, classification of equations (finite differences and finite elements) and incorporation of boundary conditions into numerical solutions. Utilise computer packages to solve complex, realistic chemical engineering problems in fluid flow and transport phenomena.

Objectives

Develop understanding of the fundamental principles of transport phenomena (mass and heat transfer, multivariable fluid flow, boundary conditions, numerical solutions) and applications to practical chemical engineering problems. Utilise software package (MATLAB and COMSOL Multiphysics) to solve more complex problems commonly encountered in practice.

Assessment

Individual Tests and Assignments: 50%
Examination: 50%

Students are required to achieve at least 45% in the total continuous assessment component (assignments, tests, mid-semester exams, laboratory reports) and at least 45% in the final examination component. Students failing to achieve this requirement will be given a maximum of 45% in the unit.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Paul Webley

Contact hours

2 hours lectures, 3 hours of practice sessions/laboratories and 7 hours of private study per week.

Prerequisites

CHE2161, ENG1060 and ENG2091 (or MTH2032)

Co-requisites

N/A

Prohibitions

CHE4163


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)M Danquah

Synopsis

This unit explores how scalable, commercially viable process-unit operations are harnessed by the biotechnology industry for the production of valuable biomolecules (eg recombinant proteins, peptides, vaccines, enzymes, and nucleic acids). The design, operation and economic issues surrounding large-scale biomolecular process equipment including bioreactors, filtration systems, chromatographic columns, sterilisation and aseptic operation, auxiliary equipment and the associated control systems will be considered. The wider biotechnology environment will be considered especially with regards to GxP, national and international regulatory bodies, biosafety and commercialisation.

Objectives

At the completion of the unit students will: have an understanding of biological systems and molecules and how these are harnessed in biotechnology; have an understanding of how scalable, commercially viable process-unit operations are employed in bioprocessing for the production of biotechnology products; understand the design, operation and economic issues surrounding large-scale biomolecular process equipment including fermenters/bioreactors, filtration systems, chromatography, aseptic operation, auxiliary equipment and the control systems; be able to read, understand, critically evaluate and develop process flow diagrams; have an understanding of the wider influences on the biotechnology industry: regulatory compliance, ethics and societal expectations; have had direct exposure to the industry through talks from industry representatives and site visits.

Assessment

Industry assignment: 10%
Plant visit reports: 10%
Research assignment: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 50%
Students are required to achieve at least 45% in the total continuous assessment component (assignments, tests, mid-semester exams, laboratory reports) and at least 45% in the final examination component. Students failing to achieve this requirement will be given a maximum of 45% in the unit.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Paul Webley

Contact hours

2 hours lectures, 3 hours tutorials/practice sessions and 7 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

CHE2165 (or BCH2011 or BMS1011 or BIO1011) and CHM1011 (or CHM1022 or CHM2735 or VPS1021 or VPS1022)


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)C Selomulya/H Wang

Synopsis

This unit introduces the foundation concepts of nanotechnology and nanofabrication, the basic physics of the solid state, the unique properties of nanomaterials; characterisation techniques of materials. This unit also covers polymer synthesis and characterisation, polymer nanocrystals, functional polymers such as conductive polymers and block copolymers, supramolecular structures, and amphiphilic systems and their applications in nanofabrication.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students should understand the concepts of nanotechnology, and the important role of nanomaterials in the fabrication of nanodevices; appreciate the impact of emerging nanotechnology in society; be able to describe unique properties of nanomaterials based on the understanding of the basic physics of the solid state; have a thorough knowledge of structural characterisation techniques of materials; have an ability to carry out simple characterisations of nanostructures and materials; be able to describe the fabrication and application of typical functional polymer structures; understand the principles of self assembly of amphiphilic molecules in nanofabrication; have an ability to conduct literature review on a particular topic and complete tasks as part of a team; improve oral and written communication skills.

Assessment

Laboratory experiments: 10%
Individual tests: 20%
Projects: 20%
Examination (3 hours): 50%
Students are required to achieve at least 45% in the total continuous assessment component (assignments, tests, mid-semester exams, laboratory reports) and at least 45% in the final examination component. Students failing to achieve this requirement will be given a maximum of 45% in the unit.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Paul Webley

Contact hours

2 hours lectures, 2 hours practice sessions, 2 hours laboratories and 6 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

CHM2735 or equivalent


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)W Batchelor

Synopsis

Application of the concepts of chemical engineering with the principles of sustainability to the major manufacturing process technologies. Sustainable engineering consists of simultaneously optimising the environmental, social and economical impacts of a process. Process technologies include the pharmaceutical, energy, petro-chemistry, minerals, food and pulp and paper industries. After an overview of the process technologies, elements of reaction engineering, chemistry, mass and heat transfer are applied using the sustainability principles. For each of the three case studies, a conceptual map of the process industry is presented in preparation for plant visits and the design project.

Objectives

Develop an understanding of the principles of sustainability and an ability to apply them to the major manufacturing process industries in order to optimise the environmental, social and economical impacts of a process. Develop the ability to analyse an industrial process against sustainability criteria and to identify the critical unit operation or process that maximises sustainability. Improve teamwork and communication skills.

Assessment

Presentations: 15%
Individual/team projects: 45%
Examination (2 hours): 40%
Students are required to achieve at least 45% in the total continuous assessment component (assignments, tests, mid-semester exams, laboratory reports) and at least 45% in the final examination component. Students failing to achieve this requirement will be given a maximum of 45% in the unit.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Paul Webley

Contact hours

2 hours lectures, 3 hours practice sessions/laboratories and 7 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

CHE2162


48 points, SCA Band 2, 1.000 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Full year 2010 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit leads to the degree of Bachelor of Science with honours. Students who are accepted will undertake a program of advanced lectures followed by an examination, and a research project under the guidance of a supervisor.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Paul Webley

Prerequisites

A credit result or better in CHE2071 and CHE2082


12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit is intended for BSci/BE students in the field of chemical engineering who are undertaking honours in science. Please refer to your course adviser.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Paul Webley


12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit is intended for BSci/BE students in the field of chemical engineering who are undertaking honours in science. Please refer to your course adviser.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Paul Webley


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)E Quah/S Sinclair/M Toner

Synopsis

An introduction to the role of engineers in the context of their employment in industry and their interaction with the wider community. Students will obtain an understanding of triple bottom line reporting as a driver for management, involving financial, environmental and the social impact of business. Financial management will include project management, project risk, market analysis, project costing and finance and financial indicators. Environmental management will look at the approval process for new projects and on-going environmental improvement strategies. Social management will look at company organisation, the role of unions, occupational health and safety law and safety management.

Objectives

  1. Have knowledge of the factors affecting the market for specific products and an understanding of market risks to industries involved in manufacturing businesses.
  2. Understand the role of intellectual property law in protecting the rights of the inventor.
  3. For a new project, be able to articulate the normal project timeline using a GANNT chart, including the hurdles required for financing the project.
  4. Have knowledge of the approval process for government jurisdiction for environmental assessment and a plant safety case and have some understanding of the key points of environmental law, and occupational health and safety legislation.
  5. For a manufacturing company, be able to describe a typical company structure.
  6. Be able to produce an environmental improvement plan for a process and carryout a HAZOP of a part of a process and draw a fault-tree diagram.
  7. Be able to estimate the equipment costs for a process, the plant capital and operating costs, including a cash flow analysis and calculate the net present value of a project using discounted cash flow and determine its financial viability.

Assessment

Project work: 60%
Examination (2 hours): 40%
Students are required to achieve at least 45% in the total continuous assessment component (assignments, tests, mid-semester exams, laboratory reports) and at least 45% in the final examination component. Students failing to achieve this requirement will be given a maximum of 45% in the unit.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Paul Webley

Contact hours

3 hours lectures, 2 hours practice class and 7 hours of private study per week

Co-requisites

CHE3163

Prohibitions

CHE4113, CHE4164


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)K Hapgood

Synopsis

This unit provides a thorough introduction to particle technology. The unit begins with understanding particle characterisation, the fluid mechanics of single and multi-particle systems and particulate fluidization. The physics underlying powder flow will be covered to enable introductory hopper design. Common powder processing operations will be studied, selected from powder mixing/segregation, sedimentation, dewatering and size enlargement.

Objectives

After completing this unit, the student will be able to understand particle characterisation techniques and how the motion and fluid mechanics of a single particle and multi-particle assemblies are affected by particle properties. The student will be able to select a suitable particle characterisation method; manipulate particle size distribution data; model particle flow in fluids and fluidized beds; and be able to use particle properties to design a suitable powder hopper to ensure powder flow. Finally, the student will understand the underlying principles of several powder processing operations, be able to design the key parameters for that unit operation and develop an appreciation for the complexities of powder handling and processing.

Assessment

Laboratory reports: 10%, Assignments/tests: 20%
Final examination (3 hours): 70%
Students are required to achieve at least 45% in the total continuous assessment component (assignments, tests, mid-semester exams, laboratory reports) and at least 45% in the final examination component. Students failing to achieve this requirement will be given a maximum of 45% in the unit.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Paul Webley

Contact hours

2 hours of lectures, 2 hours of practice sessions, an average of 1 hour of laboratories per week and 7 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

CHE2161

Prohibitions

CHE3104


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedSunway First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)A Hoadley

Synopsis

Fundamental principles of transport phenomena, Newton's law of viscosity, Fourier's law of heat conduction, and Fick's law of diffusion. Transfer coefficients (viscosity, thermal conductivity, and diffusivity). Newtonian and Non-Newtonian fluids, conservation laws (mass, momentum, and energy), and steady state shell mass, momentum, and energy balances. Numerical solution of partial differential equations, classification of equations (finite differences and finite elements), and incorporation of boundary conditions into numerical solutions. Utilise computer packages to solve complex, realistic chemical engineering problems in fluid flow and transport phenomena.

Objectives

Develop understanding of the fundamental principles of transport phenomena (mass and heat transfer, multivariable fluid flow, boundary conditions, numerical solutions) and applications to practical chemical engineering problems. Utilise software packages (MATLAB and COMSOL Multiphysics) to solve more complex problems commonly encountered in practice.

Assessment

Inidividual Tests & Assignments: 50%
Examination: 50%
Students are required to achieve at least 45% in the total continuous assessment component (assignments, tests, mid-semester exams, laboratory reports) and at least 45% in the final examination component. Students failing to achieve this requirement will be given a maximum of 45% in the unit.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Paul Webley

Contact hours

2 hours lectures, 3 hours of practice sessions/laboratories and 7 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

CHE2161, ENG1060 and ENG1091 (or MTH1030)


24 points, SCA Band 2, 0.500 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)K Hapgood, W Batchelor

Synopsis

This unit offers students the opportunity to work in-depth on a significant project, gain first-hand experience of professional practice in industry, applying skills and knowledge gained to date to a real life situation and study new topics in an industrial context. Projects are set up by the industrial partner and academic supervisor, and include tackling open-ended industrial problems, project management, process safety and process economics. A limited number oif places are offered each year, and students are selected by the department on the basis of academic merit and leadership potential approximately 6 months in advanced.

Objectives

Develop an understanding of professional industrial practice and an understanding of the application of chemical engineering science in an industrial setting. Analyse an open ended industrial problem and develop a practical approach. Critically analyse data and develop a new theory or conclusion. Develop interpersonal, oral presentation and technical report writing skills, Develop an understanding of the principles of management, process economics, process safety and the ability to apply these skills in an industrial setting.

Assessment

Oral Presentation: 10%
Major assignments: 40%
Final report: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Paul Webley

Contact hours

36 hours industrial training placement work and 12 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

CHE3161 and CHE3162 and CHE3163 and CHE3164 and CHE3165 and CHE3166 and (CHE3167 or CHE4163)

Prohibitions

CHE4161, CHE4180


12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)A Hoadley

Synopsis

Students work in teams on the design and evaluation of a process plant for a specified duty. This is a capstone design unit drawing together the skills and knowledge previously developed in the areas of detailed design of chemical equipment and processes, process safety, mechanical integrity, equipment selection, process operability (including piping and instrumentation), environmental impact and economic evaluation.

Objectives

To develop the ability to apply fundamental principles of chemical engineering to an industrial design problem and to prepare a report, in a form required of a professional chemical engineer. To develop the skills to tackle a chemical engineering project of complexity matching a real industrial problem, to critically assess a problem and analyse relevant published literature, to develop process and plant designs as specified, to evaluate design work according to specified technical, economic, environmental and safety criteria, to work in team over an extended period on a complex problem, to communicate concisely complex technical information, both orally and in writing, to manage a project of significant duration to and agreed timetable. To foster in students a sense of responsibility for the design work they have performed.

Assessment

Oral and poster presentations: 10%
Interviews: 10%
Report: 80%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Paul Webley

Contact hours

Two practice classes of 3 hours each week and 18 hours of private study.

Prerequisites

CHE3166, CHE3163, CHE3165 and CHE4161


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)P Doran

Synopsis

Quantitative and analytical skills required for biochemical and bioprocess engineering will be covered. The relationships between chemical engineering principles and approaches and biology will be explored. Knowledge about the operational considerations for suspended cultures, immobilized cultures, bioreactors, scaling, process selection, and operation of bioprocess unit operations will be discussed and worked on through calculations.

Assessment

Laboratory work: 10%, Assignments/Tests: 20%
Examination: 70%
Students are required to achieve at least 45% in the total continuous assessment component (assignments, tests, mid-semester exams, laboratory reports) and at least 45% in the final examination component. Students failing to achieve this requirement will be given a maximum of 45% in the unit.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Paul Webley

Contact hours

2 hours lectures, 3 hours of practice sessions/tutor mediated group work/laboratory work and 7 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

CHE2165 (or BCH2011 or BMS1011 or BIO1011) and CHM1011 (or CHM1022 or CHM2735 or VPS1021 or VPS1022)


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)R Singh/H Wang

Synopsis

This unit develops an understanding of synthetic methods, properties and applications of nanomaterials and nanofabrication techniques. The nanomaterials include zero-dimensional nanoparticles, one-dimensional nanostructures, two-dimensional thin films, nanoporous materials and nanocomposites. Principles of nanofabrication such as lithography and self-assembly will be introduced. The system will stress nanocomposites based on biomimicry and will cover a range of properties. It will highlight the importance of nanostructured materials used in biosensors, drug and gene delivery and tissue engineering. Examples of bionanotechnolgy inspired nanostructures will be covered.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will understand the concepts of nanostructures and nanofabrication, have a thorough knowledge of synthesis, properties and applications of nanomaterials. They will understand engineering applications of nanomaterials in engineering applications, particularly as relates to making nanocomposites with other materials. They will understand the usefulness of the biomimetic approach in designing synthetic structures based on nature. Students will appreciate new advances lying at the interface of engineering and biology. Nanomaterials used in medicine will covered including biosensors, drug and gene delivery and for advanced scaffolds used in tissue engineering. Bionanotechnology approaches to build nanostructures using self assembling peptides and DNA will be introduced. They should have improved skills in team work, understanding the literature, completing tasks as part of a team, and also obtain improved oral and written communication skills.

Assessment

Lab experiments: 5%, Projects: 20%, Individual tests: 25%
Examination (3 hours): 50%
Students are required to achieve at least 45% in the total continuous assessment component (assignments, tests, mid-semester exams, laboratory reports) and at least 45% in the final examination component. Students failing to achieve this requirement will be given a maximum of 45% in the unit.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Paul Webley

Contact hours

2 hours lectures, 2 hours practice sessions, 1 hour laboratories and 7 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

MTE2541 or MSC2011


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)A Hoadley

Synopsis

This unit will explore heat integration, water integration and recycling of process streams to achieve improved resource efficiencies and waste reduction, the identification and minimisation of waste in reactors and separation processes, natural cycles, pollution mechanisms and effects, strategies for improved industrial ecology and the role of regulatory and economic drivers in cleaner production. These themes will be developed in lectures and be supported by student project work related to selected industrial processes.

Objectives

Understand and apply heat integration, water integration and process stream recycling in processes to achieve increased in raw materials and energy efficiencies and waste reduction
Understand the technologies for treatment and disposal of gaseous, liquid and solid wastes
Understand the mechanisms and effects of natural cycles for water and carbon
Understand the mechanisms and effects of various forms of pollution
Explore the benefits of improved industrial ecology through integrated manufacture and improved industrial planning.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 60%
Assignments: 40%
Students are required to achieve at least 45% in the total continuous assessment component (assignments, tests, mid-semester exams, laboratory reports) and at least 45% in the final examination component. Students failing to achieve this requirement will be given a maximum of 45% in the unit.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Paul Webley

Contact hours

Five hours of contact time per week including 3 hours of lectures and 2 hours of project work. 7 hours of private study devoted to preparation of assignments and independent study.

Prerequisites

CHE3163, CHE3166

Prohibitions

CHE4112, CHE4152


12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)R Singh (Clayton), C P Leo (Sunway)

Synopsis

Development and conduct of a specific research or other open-ended project, which may involve literature search, experimental design, equipment design, equipment commissioning, experimentation, troubleshooting, problem solving, data gathering, analysis and interpretation of data, oral and written reporting.

Objectives

To develop skills to tackle a research or other open-ended project which may involve several of the following elements: literature search, experimental design, equipment design, equipment commissioning, experimentation, troubleshooting and problem solving, data gathering, analysis and interpretation of data, oral and written reporting.

Assessment

Practical: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Paul Webley

Contact hours

6 hours lectures (first 3 weeks of semester) and 20 hours laboratory time and private study devoted to research and report writing per week

Prerequisites

A minimum of 120 credit points including CHE2161, CHE2162, CHE2163 and CHE2164

Prohibitions

CHE4118, CHE4164


2 points, SCA Band 2, 0.0416667 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)tba

Synopsis

Specific projects will range widely and be designed to address extensive industry-type problems. The specific problems will vary from year to year. Examples of the type of design projects that might be considered include: design of a refinery heat recovery network rising commercial software; isopropyl alcohol production via direct hydration of propylene; separation of the isopropyl alcohol-water azeotropic by distillation; uprating the capacity of an ammonia liquor plant; heat-exchanger network synthesis using mathematical programming approaches; design of an operable heat exchanger network; design of a site utility and fuel system.

Assessment

Project 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Paul Webley


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)W Daoud

Synopsis

In this unit students will explore aspects of organic, inorganic and physical chemistry. The structures, properties and common reactions of classes of organic compounds will be investigated along with the structures and reactivities of coordination complexes. Aspects of physical chemistry including thermodynamics, kinetics and solution equilibria and electrochemistry will be studied in some detail. The interrelationship of these topics will be explored ultimately leading to the ability to predict reaction directionality in different reactions.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students should be better able to: display insight into the bonding and structure of a variety of simple inorganic and organic molecules; classify the wide range of organic molecules into various groups, apply systematic naming procedures for a wide range of hydrocarbon species, state chemical properties and reaction for alkanes, alkenes and alkynes and demonstrate understanding of various aspects of isomerism and stereochemistry for such materials; describe the structure and properties of aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic acids and their derivatives, organic nitrogen compounds and aromatic compounds; understand the principal reactions of these compounds and be able to predict products of their reactions; show an appreciation of coordination compounds in terms of aspects of their formation, reactivities and stabilities and also their structures and bonding; explain the first and second laws of thermodynamics and describe and calculate energy changes that occur during reactions including enthalpy and entropy and free energy changes and use this information to predict reaction directionality and spontaneity; demonstrate an understanding of reaction kinetics at both the macroscopic and molecular level; discuss the concepts of dynamic solution equilibria and apply the principles of equilibrium to a number of situations which are important to chemical analysis and biological science; explain fundamental concepts of electrochemistry and their uses in voltaic and electrolytic processes; demonstrate skills and confidence in the laboratory with chemical techniques and measurements in the above areas; display a level of writing skills for laboratory practical reports which is appropriate to first year tertiary chemistry.

Assessment

Two 2-hour examinations: 60%
Ten computer tests: 20%
Laboratory reports 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Walid Daoud

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures, three hours of laboratory/practice classes activity and six hours of individual study per week

Prerequisites

VCE Chemistry units 3/4 or equivalent

Prohibitions

CHM1022, CHM1639, CHM1742, ENG1702


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)P Godfrey

Synopsis

This unit introduces the foundation concepts of modern organic chemistry through a systematic treatment of: covalent bonding and the shapes of molecules, chirality and stereoisomerism; the nature, nomenclature and reactions of alkanes and cycloalkanes, alkenes and alkynes, haloalkanes, alcohols and ethers, benzene and its derivatives, amines, aldehydes and ketones, carboxylic acids. The nature, properties and synthesis of polymers reinforce the fundamental aspects of this topic. The unit also introduces the important topic of kinetics covering rates of chemical reactions and the kinetics of complex and enzymatic reactions in both homogeneous and heterogeneous systems.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  • describe the principles of bonding in organic molecules
  • demonstrate competency in the naming of organic molecules according to the nomenclature rules
  • describe common organic chemical reactions
  • demonstrate an awareness of the interplay of functional groups in organic reactions
  • communicate the key features of these chemical principles both verbally and in writing
  • demonstrate competency in commonly used organic chemical laboratory techniques
  • Perform and analyse experiments involving aspects organic synthesis and product characterization
  • describe the definitions and distinctions between average rate, instantaneous rate and initial rate of a chemical reaction and the related rate constants
  • recognise the characteristics of zero, first and second order rate laws and be able to evaluate the corresponding rate constants
  • outline the major experimental techniques used to obtain kinetic data, including techniques applicable to fast reactions
  • understand such terms as complex reaction, elementary step, mechanism, molecularity, rate-determining step
  • describe the Lindemann-Hinshelwood mechanism of unimolecular reactions
  • discuss chain reactions, polymerisation kinetics, catalysis and temperature dependence in chemical kinetics
  • perform and analyse experiments exemplifying a variety of classes of chemical rate processes.

Assessment

Laboratory exercises: 20%
Examination (3 hours): 70%
Hurdle requirement: Laboratory course must be competed at Pass level
Web based continuous assessment: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Peter Godfrey

Contact hours

3 hours lecture/tutorials per week, 24 hours laboratory classes per semester and 8 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

VCE Chemistry 3/4, or ENG1070

Prohibitions

CHM1011, CHM2733, CHM2734


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr M Bambach

Synopsis

The unit provides the basis for assessing the stress state of most engineering components, artefacts and structures - beams, deep beams, shear walls, and foundations under loads. The unit is also a primer for understanding how the critical strength of a structure or component can be assessed using modern day theoretical, experimental and numerical methods of stress analyses. After completing this unit, students should be able to determine the stress, strain and displacement in a beam and plate subjected to load using either an experimental, theoretical or numerical method. The unit includes linear algebra and numerical methods relevant to civil engineering.

Objectives

After completion of this unit the student should: have the following knowledge and skills:

  1. basic principles of stress and strain and how to determine normal and shear stresses given strain values from experimental gauges
  2. difference between normal and shear stresses and strains and how to measure strains using strain gauges
  3. influence of material and geometric properties on the strength of beams
  4. underlying principles of simple bending theory and how to calculate the elastic and plastic section moment capacities
  5. underlying principles of failure criteria for structures
  6. differences and commonality between determining stresses and strains using one dimensional beam theory, two dimensional plane stress and plane strain theory and three dimensional stress analysis of solids
  7. approximate nature of theoretical and numerical analysis methods to determine stresses in any engineering component, artefact or structure.
  8. solution of nxn linear systems.

Assessment

Tests: 20%
Two projects: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Xiao-Ling Zhao

Contact hours

3 hours lectures, 2 hours practice classes and 7 hours of private study per week

Prohibitions

CIV2204, CIV2208


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)P Ranjith, Edoardo Daly

Synopsis

This unit covers basic spreadsheet computing skills and includes particular training in: mathematical tools such as matrix operations (eg solving simultaneous equations), curve fitting and trendlines, and numerical search techniques; user defined functions; user interface elements such as dialog boxes (using elements such as labels, text boxes, drop-down list boxes, spinners, etc) and VBA programming to automate spreadsheet functions. It also covers the following topics in water engineering: estimation of design rainfall; runoff processes; streamflow data and analysis; flood frequency analysis; reservoir operation and a major assignment on hydrology using spreadsheets.

Objectives

This unit aims to strengthen the computing skills of undergraduates in civil engineering and related courses, and provide experience with numerical modelling and general computer-based problem solving. Many of the required skills are developed in the context of solving problems in hydrology, geomechanics, and structural engineering. There is some emphasis on theoretical aspects of hydrology.

Assessment

Class tests: 15%
Group assignment: 45%
Examination (3 hours): 40%. Students must pass both the examination and overall assessment components to pass the unit.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Xiao-Ling Zhao

Contact hours

3 hours lectures, 2 hours computer laboratories/practice classes and 7hours of private study per week

Prohibitions

CIV2205


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr B Wong, Mr C Adam

Synopsis

This unit introduces the design of steel and timber framed structures in accordance with the design codes. It enables the students to understand the process for the design of steel and timber structures and the background knowledge which leads to the development of the current steel and timber design codes. Students will understand the behaviour of steel and timber structural components under realistic design conditions and relate the knowledge of design to practical design problems in a project-based learning environment.

Objectives

  1. understand the process for the design of steel and timber structures

  1. understand the background knowledge which leads to the development of the current steel and timber design codes

  1. understand the behaviour of steel and timber structural components under realistic design conditions

  1. relate the knowledge of steel and timber design to practical design problems in a problem-based learning environment

  1. understand the advantages of using steel and timber as construction materials

  1. carry out the design of steel and timber structural components following the standard design procedure

  1. be able to use steel and timber structures design codes

  1. carry out simple costing procedure for steel and timber structures.

Assessment

Group projects and practice class exercises: 30%
Class and online quizzes: 30%
Final examination (2 hours): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Xiao-Ling Zhao

Contact hours

Three hours of lectures, two hours of practice classes and seven hours of private study per week

Prohibitions

CIV2222


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)A/P J Sanjayan

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to reinforced concrete and masonary design. Three major topics areas are basic concrete materials technology, reinforced concrete analysis and design, and masonry basics and design. The unit provides a balanced coverage of the practical construction aspects, analytical methods and design aspects.

Objectives

At the completion of this unit students should have the following knowledge and skills:

  1. basic concepts in concrete technology
  2. types of cements, aggregates, and admixtures in concrete
  3. properties of fresh and hardened concrete
  4. concepts of strength and serviceability limit states, load and capacity reduction factors
  5. specifications for durability and fire resistance
  6. preparation and critical evaluation of concrete specifications
  7. concrete mix design and ability to assess concrete mix proportions for various applications
  8. estimation of loads and their representation on structures
  9. basic analysis of slabs in the floor system
  10. detailed computer analysis of frames
  11. design and detail reinforced concrete beams, slabs and columns for strength and serviceability limit states
  12. interpret and use concrete structures and loading codes of practice
  13. use available analysis and design computer packages and other design aids
  14. basic design of masonry walls
  15. preparation of design drawings.

Assessment

Practical/project work, tests and laboratory work: 55%
Examination (2 hours): 45%. To achieve a pass in the unit the student must pass both the exam and cumulative assessment component.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Xiao-Ling Zhao

Contact hours

3 hours lectures, 2 hours practice classes and 7 hours of private study per week

Prohibitions

CIV2223


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)A Haque, J Kodikara

Synopsis

The unit covers all aspects of geoengineering at an elementary level, as well as basic engineering geology, formation and weathering processes, sedimentary, igneous and metamorphic rocks, the geotechnical spectrum: soil, rock, weathering, deposition cycle, basic soil and rock properties, engineering classification of soil and rock, soil structure, weight-volume relationship, and the two/three phase model. It also includes effective stress theory, stresses in a soil mass and shear strength. The unit includes elementary level application of geoengineering knowledge in the analysis and design of shallow and deep foundations, and pavements using CIRCLY software.

Objectives

At the completion of this unit students should have the following knowledge and skills:

  1. Include all aspects of geoengineering at elementary level

  1. Basic engineering geology, formation and weathering processes, sedimentary, igneous and metamorphic rocks

  1. Geotechnical spectrum: soil, rock, weathering, deposition cycle, etc

  1. Basic soil and rock properties, classification of soil and rock, weight-volume relationship, phase relationship

  1. Understanding geological process

  1. Soil/rock classification, soil/rock design strength parameters

  1. Effective stress theory, stresses in soil mass, and shear strength

  1. Limit state design principles for foundations, pavement design

  1. Analysis and design of shallow and deep foundations, pavements

  1. Communication skills and group dynamics will be developed through report writing, group work and interviews

  1. Visualization (3D to 2D and vice versa)

  1. Library and information technology skills.

Assessment

Practical/project work (40%), tests (10%), 3 hour written final examination (50%). To achieve a pass in the unit the student must pass both the exam and cumulative assessment component.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Xiao-Ling Zhao

Contact hours

Three hour lecture, two hours of practice class and seven hours of private study per week

Prohibitions

CIV2241


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Prof A Deletic, Dr E Daly

Synopsis

Engineering issues associated with water supply are covered including water supply components, water quality requirements and treatment processes. Fundamental physical properties of water are introduced together with water flow in pipes as part of a water supply system. The basic equations of continuity, momentum and energy conservation are introduced and friction and minor losses are considered in simple pipe systems. Operation and selection of pumps and hydrostatics and pressure transients are covered. Flow in open channels is introduced with application to waterways, aqueducts and pipes flowing partly full. Applications include design of spillways and culverts.

Objectives

  • understand the principles involved in analyzing water flow in closed and open conduits
  • understand the principles involved in designing a water supply system
  • understand the issues involved in water supply, demand and delivery
  • understand the need for adequate data collection relating to channels and pipes for determining flows and water levels
  • be able to describe the main components of a water supply system
  • be able to describe water quality issues and testing requirements in water supply
  • be able to apply fundamental principles of continuity, momentum and energy conservation in open and closed conduits
  • be able to determine the size of pipe, or open channel, required for a given flow and head loss
  • be able to determine flow profiles in open channels
  • be able to determine a suitable pump for a flow and pumping head
  • be able to work in a group to undertake projects 12. be able to write an engineering report on their project work.

Assessment

Group project submissions: 50%
Examination (3 hours): 50%. To achieve a pass in the unit the student must pass both the exam and cumulative assessment component.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Xiao-Ling Zhao

Contact hours

3 hours lectures, 2 hours practice classes and 7 hours of private study per week

Prohibitions

CIV2261


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Y B Wang

Synopsis

The fundamental variables used to describe traffic flow are considered and the procedures used to analyse the capacity and level of service of both signalised and unsignalised intersections are explored. Students will be introduced to aaSIDRA intersection analysis software. Traffic surveys are also considered in detail. Public transport is also considered through an examination at the route level including determination of fleet size and factors affecting operational reliability. Intelligent transport systems are also examined. Consideration will be given to the role of communications, encompassing oral, written and drawing components, in the practice of transport and traffic engineers.

Objectives

  1. Familiarity with the basic parameters and theories of traffic flow
  2. knowledge of the role that advanced technology is playing, and will play, in the transport/traffic area
  3. awareness of the importance of both safety and congestion reduction objectives as crucial design considerations in the transport/traffic field
  4. appreciation of the relationship of transport/traffic engineering to the profession of civil engineering
  5. ability to design, undertake and analyse traffic surveys
  6. ability to apply basic traffic flow theory to the analysis of unsignalised intersection capacity
  7. ability to design timing plans for isolated traffic signals
  8. ability to work effectively in a team as a leader and/or a member
  9. oral, written and drawing communication skills.

Assessment

Two assignments (3000 words each): 40%
Examination (3 hours): 60%. To achieve a pass in the unit the student must pass both the exam and cumulative assessment component.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Xiao-Ling Zhao

Contact hours

3 hours lectures, 2 hours of practice classes and 7 hours of private study per week

Prohibitions

CIV2281


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2010 (Day)

Synopsis

Each student will be required to select a project from those offered, or subject to the course director's approval, nominate their own project topic. The project outcomes are to be summarised in a major report and a brief oral presentation.

Assessment

Written project proposal: 10%
Seminar presentation: 25%
Final report on project work (max 6000 words): 65%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Xiao-Ling Zhao

Contact hours

12 hours per week

Prerequisites

CIV2222 (or CIV2223 or CIV2225 or CIV2226)


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr F Collins

Synopsis

Introduction to the nature of civil engineering construction projects. Construction technology including equipment performance, construction techniques, prefabrication, concrete, steel, timber, foundations, buildings, roads, formwork etc. Relevant OHS and site environmental management issues and requirements. Industry experience gained by working with a construction company. The student will be required to submit a 4000 word major report describing this experience at the completion of the semester.

Assessment

Project: 30%
Major report (4000 words): 40%
Examination (2 hours): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Xiao-Ling Zhao

Contact hours

12 hours per week

Prerequisites

CIV2222 (or CIV2223 or CIV2225 or CIV2226)


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Y B Wang

Synopsis

Systematic approach to engineering data collection, analysis and interpretation. Scope includes data, information and knowledge; data presentation; errors; randomness; exploratory data analysis; basic statistical procedures; systematic experimental design; stochastic and deterministic models; modelling in engineering systems.

Assessment

Projects: 50%
Examination: (3 hour final written examination) 50%
Students must pass both components

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Xiao-Ling Zhao

Contact hours

26 lectures, 26 practice classes

Co-requisites

(CIV2205 or CIV2207) and ENG2091


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)W Young

Synopsis

Need for project management; the project management context; fundamental project management processes and knowledge; tools and techniques for a structured application to project selection and planning including project brief/ideation/concept embodiment decision support tools, numeric profitability and scoring techniques, and EMV/decision tree risk quantification tools; analytical tool application to project scope, time, cost, risk, human resource, OHS and quality issues. Review of company financial management concepts.

Assessment

Progressive assessment: 40%
Examination: (3 hour final written examination) 60 Students must pass both components.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Xiao-Ling Zhao

Contact hours

24 lectures, 24 practice classes


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)R Al-Mahaidi and X Zhao

Synopsis

Loads and load paths for multi-storey structures, including the action of core walls. Design of composite steel-concrete floor systems. Matrix structural analysis for the determination of forces and displacements in structures. Relationship between frame analysis software and the technique of matrix analysis. Emphasis on performance issues for buildings which are not related to strength and deflection.

Assessment

Project: 25%
Tests: 25%
Examination: (3 hour final written examination) 50%. Students must pass both components

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Xiao-Ling Zhao

Contact hours

24 lectures, 24 practice classes

Prerequisites

(CIV2204 or CIV2206 or CIV2208) and (CIV2222 or CIV2225)

Co-requisites

CIV2223 or CIV2226


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)R Al-Mahaidi, X L Zhao

Synopsis

Essential aspects of highway bridge design, assessment and rehabilitation. Criteria for selection of bridge types which are most prevalent. Examine structure as a whole, and implement the analysis and design of the bridge deck and the supporting members. Relevant strength and serviceability limit states applied to the design of the bridge, life cycle performance and risk assessment, material degradation, corrosion, fatigue and time-dependent deformations of reinforced and prestressed concrete elements of the bridge, structural rehabilitation and repair techniques.

Assessment

Tests: 16%
Projects: 34% +Examination: (3 hour final written examination) 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Xiao-Ling Zhao

Contact hours

24 lectures and 24 practice classes per semester

Prerequisites

CIV2204 (or CIV2206 or CIV2208) and CIV2223 (or CIV2226)


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr J Kodikara

Synopsis

Geological processes, folding and faulting, geological map interpretation, mineral types and influence on engineering properties, identification of soil and rock types, origins and behaviour, site investigation techniques, geological history, stereographic projection; kinematic analysis of slopes, engineering uses of rock and soil; the stress-strain-pore pressure response of soil and rock; failure criteria; stress paths; drained and undrained strengths, consolidation and creep settlements; earth pressures; and behaviour, analysis and design of slopes, embankments, retaining walls and tunnels.

Assessment

Test: 10%
Design assignment: 40%
Examination (3 hours): 50%. Students must pass both assignment, test and examination components.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Xiao-Ling Zhao

Contact hours

22 lectures, 22 hours of design class or practicals and 8 hours of field trip

Prerequisites

CIV2241 or CIV2242


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)A Bouazza and G Mudd

Synopsis

Overview of concepts relating to groundwater resources and seepage, with emphasis on seepage containment in reservoirs, ponds, soil pollution and its avoidance, focusing on soil behaviour and its effect on seepage, groundwater percolation and migration of contaminant in the nearfield of waste containment facilities. Focus will also be on the function, design and construction of engineered soil barriers to prevent leakage from water reservoirs, ponds or to isolate different types of waste.

Assessment

Tests: 30%
Design assignment: 40%
Examination (2 hours): 30%. Students must pass both assignment/test and examination components

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Xiao-Ling Zhao

Contact hours

19 lectures, 33 practice classes, 6 hours of laboratory or site visits per semester


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr T Fletcher, G Sun

Synopsis

Overview of the various water and wastewater systems in an urban environment, their functions and modes of operation and influence of climate variability on urban requirements in terms of management and discharge of stormwater and wastewater. Examination of water supply treatment, stormwater management system, sewerage system and the interface between these systems.

Assessment

Assignments: 50%
Examination (3 hours): 50%. Students must pass both assignment and examination components

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Xiao-Ling Zhao

Contact hours

24 lectures and 24 practice classes per semester

Prerequisites

(CIV2261 and CIV2262) or (CIV2207 and CIV2263)


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)M Sarvi

Synopsis

Introduce fundamentals and role of road engineering theory and practice. Examine a number of issues related to the planning, design and construction of roads, including: road planning, the road traffic environment, design and rehabilitation, geotechnical issues related to pavement performance, pavement drainage, road construction and road environmental safety.

Assessment

Project design: 50%
Examination: (3 hour final written examination) 50%. Students must pass both components

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Xiao-Ling Zhao

Contact hours

26 lectures and 26 practice/computer classes per semester

Prerequisites

CIV2281 or CIV2282


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2010 (Day)

Synopsis

Each student will be required to select a project from a number of topics offered. The project outcomes are to be summarised in a major report and in a brief oral presentation.

Assessment

Practical work: 100% (written project proposal, final report on practical work, seminar presentation)

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Xiao-Ling Zhao

Contact hours

12 hours per week

Prerequisites

Completion of 120 credit points and level 3 units in chosen area


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2010 (Day)

Synopsis

Each student will be required to select a project from a number of topics offered. The project outcomes are to be summarised in a major report, a technical paper and in a brief oral presentation. Enrolment in this unit is by departmental approval only.

Assessment

Practical work: 100% (written project proposal, preliminary and final reports on practical work, seminar presentation)

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Xiao-Ling Zhao

Contact hours

12 hours per week

Prerequisites

CIV4210 and credit weighted average of at least 65%


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr F Collins

Synopsis

To carry out the design for a specified civil engineering development. The design project will vary from year to year but will include aspects of structural, water, geomechanics and transport design.

Assessment

Written and oral project submission and interview: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Xiao-Ling Zhao

Contact hours

39 contact hours

Co-requisites

(CIV3221 and CIV3222) or (CIV3247 and CIV3248) or CIV3264 or CIV3283


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr W H Duan

Synopsis

Coordinate transformation method, minimum potential energy, bifurcation loads, elastic buckling load, free vibration with damping, lumped mass modelling method, natural frequency and vibration mode, basis for FE method such as process of discretisation, element types and boundary conditions.

Assessment

Project: 50%
Examination: (3 hour final written examination) 50%. Students must pass both examination and project components.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Xiao-Ling Zhao

Contact hours

24 lectures, 24 practice classes

Prerequisites

CIV3221

Co-requisites

CIV3222


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)R Al-Mahaidi, J Sanjayan and B Wong

Synopsis

Advanced methods for the design of structures, considering both loading and strength aspects of design. Strength and serviceability design of continuous post-tensioned concrete members; analysis of shear and torsion in prestressed concrete members, design and detailing of anchorage zones. Introduction to the plastic design concept for engineering practice, with particular reference to steel structures design; methods of plastic analysis from simple beams to complex frames. Introduction to yield line theory for reinforced concrete slabs; yield line solutions based on work equations. Lower bound solutions for reinforced concrete slabs using Hillerborg strip method.

Assessment

Tests: 10%
Project: 40%
Examination: (3 hour final written examination) 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Xiao-Ling Zhao

Contact hours

26 lectures, 26 practice classes

Prerequisites

CIV3222

Co-requisites

CIV3221


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)A Bouazza

Synopsis

Geotechnical engineering concepts applied to solve or minimise geo-hazard problems specific to domestic and hazardous waste containment facilities (landfills), contaminated sites and tailings dams. The unit focuses on geotechnical aspects in the analysis, design and construction of waste containment facilities (landfills), ground improvement, redevelopment of old landfills, and contaminated site remediation.

Assessment

Oral presentation: 20%+ Tests: 30%
Assignments: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Xiao-Ling Zhao

Contact hours

26 lectures, 26 hours of design class or practicals and 8 hours of site visits

Prerequisites

CIV3248 or ENG3203


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr A Haque

Synopsis

Review of soil mechanics model; the geological context of a project; site investigation and laboratory testing techniques; conceptual design of foundations; elastic, consolidation and creep settlement of shallow footings; total and differential settlement; bearing capacity of shallow footings of layered soils; raft foundations; piling options; the relationship between construction techniques and pile performance; axial capacity of single piles in compression and tension; settlement of single piles; capacity and settlement of pile groups; piled rafts; lateral capacity of piles; rational methods for design of rock-socketed piles; static, dynamic, statnamic and integrity testing of piles.

Assessment

Test: 25%
Assignments and interviews: 75%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Xiao-Ling Zhao

Contact hours

26 hours lectures, 26 hours practice classes, and 6 hours site visits

Prerequisites

CIV3247


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr T Fletcher, Dr B Hatt

Synopsis

This unit is designed to give a broad understanding of the integrated management of water resources within an urban context. This is a field of practice growing in importance in Australia and overseas, and will equip students well for careers in urban water management. The scope of the course will be multi-disciplinary, giving students an understanding of the range of perspectives required in integrated urban water management (IUWM) covering structural and non-structural techniques available. The social science and ecological perspectives will be emphasized to give an appreciation of the multi-disciplinary nature of IUWM. Software packages such as MUSIC and Aquacycle will be introduced.

Objectives

  1. Understand the components that make up the urban water cycle and urban water systems
  2. Understand the interactions between urban water cycle components and appreciate the complexities and conflicts involved in integrated management of urban water systems
  3. Understand the principles of, and methods for, integrated urban water management
  4. Understand the basic ecological and social science perspectives of IUWM and the need for a multi-disciplinary perspective
  5. Develop and design IUWM strategies at a conceptual level
  6. Use software packages, such as MUSIC and Aquacycle, for IUWM design and assessment.

Assessment

Group project: 50%
Closed book examination (3 hours): 50%. Students must pass both the exam and the cumulative assignment work to gain a pass in the unit.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Xiao-Ling Zhao

Contact hours

2 hours lectures, 2 hours practice classes and 8 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

CIV3264


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr B Hatt, G Sun

Synopsis

This unit considers the quality and quantity aspects of water resources management. Tools and techniques appropriate for design and analysis of water resource systems are introduced including rainfall/runoff modelling, yield analysis, characterisation of flow regimes, design of environmental flows and water reuse systems. The basic principles of water quality modelling will be addressed and developed. Water quality management issues to be addressed include the assessment of water quality in various watercourses, such as rivers and lakes, natural systems for water pollution control and pollutant transformations in aqueous environments.

Assessment

Assignments: 50%
Examination (3 hours): 50%. Students must pass both components

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Xiao-Ling Zhao

Contact hours

24 lectures and 24 practice classes per semester

Prerequisites

CIV3264


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)G Rose

Synopsis

Examines the performance, impacts and costs of various urban passenger transport modes and the factors influencing the level, pattern and trends in urban travel demand and the issues relevant to selecting a mode for a particular urban passenger transport task. The role of the analytic methods used in transport planning is examined as are the factors to be considered in conducting transport surveys including sample design, questionnaire design and survey administration.

Assessment

Assignments: (3 hour final written examination) 50%
Examinations: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Xiao-Ling Zhao

Contact hours

26 lectures and 23 tutorials practical classes/site visits per semester

Prerequisites

CIV2281 or CIV2282


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)W Young

Synopsis

The traffic engineering profession, road hierarchy, design of road and street networks, traffic management, traffic and parking surveys, traffic impact analysis, treatment of hazardous road locations, parking, design, planning for pedestrians and cyclists, public transport, environmental and energy impacts of traffic systems, intelligent transport systems.

Assessment

Class tests: 5%
Tutorials: 10%
Projects: 35%
Examination: 50%. Students must pass both the examination and the combined progressive assessment tasks

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Xiao-Ling Zhao

Contact hours

26 lectures, 20 practice classes and a 4 hour site visit per semester

Prerequisites

CIV2281or CIV2282 or ENG3205


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Jingxin Zhang (Clayton), Y C Kuang (M'sia)

Synopsis

This unit will cover continuous-time and discrete-time signals, including sampling, aliasing, and the sampling theorem. Complex exponentials, and their representation as phasors, lead to periodic waveforms, Fourier series and the signal frequency spectrum. Modification of spectra will be described, using FIR filters, discrete-time systems, unit-sample response, discrete convolution, frequency response of FIR filters, z-transforms, IIR filters, linear time-invariant systems, convolution integrals, continuous-time Fourier transform, windowing, DFT, FFT, time-frequency spectrum analysis, spectrogram. Connecting frequency response and time response completes the unit.

Objectives

To understand signals and how they are analysed and modified by systems. To understand the strengths and weakness of sampled and digitised representations of signals, including images, in both time and frequency domains. To experience the strength of mathematics in describing these processes.

Assessment

Laboratory and assignment work: 30%
Examinations (3 hours): 70%. Student must achieve a mark of 45% in each component to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Arthur Lowery

Contact hours

3 hours lectures, 3 hours laboratory/practice classes and 6 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

ENG1060

Prohibitions

ECE2101


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)M Premaratne

Synopsis

This is a study of electrostatic, magnetostatic and electromagnetic fields and their use to create devices and systems. This study includes a mathematical description of the fields, an examination of the basic laws governing the generation of fields, and a study of interactions with dielectric and magnetic materials. Maxwell's field equations are introduced. Applications of electromagnetic fields such as radio, televisions, transformers, electrical motors and generators are examined, as are electrostatic painting, magnetohydrodynamics and beam control in a synchrotron. Naturally generated fields such as the earth's magnetic field and the electric fields causing lightning are also discussed.

Objectives

To understand the nature, representation, analysis and uses of electric and magnetic fields.

Assessment

Laboratory and assignment work: 30%
Examinations (3 hours): 70%. Student must achieve a mark of 45% in each component to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Arthur Lowery

Contact hours

3 hours lectures, 3 hours laboratory/practice classes and 6 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

ENG1060, ENG1090 (or equivalent)

Prohibitions

ECE2201


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Jingxin Zhang

Synopsis

the unit will provide a grounding in circuit theory leading to solution of electrical networks with node and mesh analysis, equivalent sources, two port representations and simulation. AC analysis with phasors, real and reactive power, first and second order transient responses will be included. Frequency and time response will be developed with Laplace transform techniques.

Feedback control systems are introduced using differential equations, Laplace transform, time, frequency and state space representations. the concepts of poles and zeros, forward transfer functions, and PID control will be developed. Stability of feedback systems, root locus diagrams, Nyquist and Bode techniques, gain/phase margin concepts, and distrubance rejection will be covered.

Objectives

On successful completion of the unit students will be able to:

  1. Analyse and understand DC and AC electrical circuits.
  2. Perform and interpret circuit simulations
  3. Solve for an interpret the transient response of first and second order electrical circuits
  4. Model and analyse closed loop feedback systems
  5. Design and understand the significance of PID control
  6. Understand and analyse the stability of single input single output control systems.

Assessment

Examination: (3 hrs), 70%. Laboratory and assignment work: 30%. Students must achieve a mark of at least 45% in each component to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Arthur Lowery

Contact hours

3 hours lectures, 3 hours laboratory/practice classes, and 6 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

ENG1030

Prohibitions

ECE3031


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)J Armstrong (Clayton); A Senanayake/R Parthiban (M'sia)

Synopsis

This unit provides an introduction to the important aspects of modern telecommunication systems. Particular emphasis is given to digital communication systems including the internet. The concept of layered architectures will be introduced. Topics will include modulation techniques, source and error coding, multiplexing, peer to peer protocols, LAN protocols, packet switching, TCP/IP architecture and network security.

Objectives

This unit aims to provide the student with an insight into the basic principles of modern data communication and telecommunication networks, and relate this information to their wider use in the engineering environment, including networking, information representation and transmission.

Assessment

Laboratory and assignment work: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%. Student must achieve a mark of 45% in each component to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Arthur Lowery

Contact hours

3 hours lectures, 3 hours laboratory and practice classes and 6 hours of private study per week

Prohibitions

ECE2401, TEC2141 and TRC4801


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)G Holmes (Clayton); S M Low (M'sia)

Synopsis

Students will be introduced to the fundamentals of linear electronic circuit analysis and design. At the completion of the unit students will develop skills in using industry standard SPICE software and use of state of the art prototyping and measurement tools for linear electronic circuit analysis and design. The topics covered in this course include, sinusoidal steady-state analysis using phasors and complex impedances, frequency response of circuits in gain and phase, small signal response, feedback concepts, solid-state electronics, solid-state diodes and diode circuits, field-effect transistors, bipolar junction transistors, single-transistor amplifiers, multistage amplifiers.

Objectives

An understanding of semiconductor devices and their uses as near linear amplifiers. More generally, an understanding of linear systems, and of how non-linear systems can be approximated by linear systems, and the advantages of doing so.

Assessment

Laboratory and assignment work: 30%
Examinations (3 hours): 70%. Students must achieve a mark of 45% in each component to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Arthur Lowery

Contact hours

3 hours lectures, 3 hours laboratory and practice classes and 6 hours of private study per week

Prohibitions

TRC2500


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)R Russell (Clayton); A Senanayake (M'sia)

Synopsis

This unit provides an introduction to computers and CPU organisation, assemblers and compilers, and algorithm design for engineering problems. It covers the language C and its implementation on a typical computer, including standard data types, arrays, control statements, functions, including ways of parameter passing, C library functions, pointers, strings, arrays of pointers, structures, linked lists and binary tree data structures, dynamic memory allocations, and calls to assembly language programs. Object-oriented programming is introduced. Software engineering is covered as the methodology of software development and lifecycle models. Operating system concepts are introduced.

Objectives

To understand the basic concepts of computer programming, and to learn to program in the C language.

Assessment

Laboratory and assignment work: 30%
Examinations (3 hours): 70%. Student must achieve a mark of 45% in each component to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Arthur Lowery

Contact hours

3 hours lectures, 3 hours laboratory and practice classes and 6 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

ENG1060

Prohibitions

CSE1301, TEC2041, TEC2042, TEC2171, TRC2400


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)R Russell

Synopsis

This unit introduces the student to modern logic design techniques, hardware used and common representations. Topics include two and multi-level combinational logic, decoders, multiplexers, arithmetic circuits, programmable and steering logic, flip-flops, registers, counters, RAM and ROM. Using this hardware the design component will include finite state machine design and applications to computer data path control. This will incorporate simple analogue and digital I/O interfacing. Programmable logic devices will be covered, and the use of a hardware description language for describing, synthesizing and testing digital logic. Laboratories cover logic design, implementation, and testing.

Objectives

To understand the analysis and design of complex digital systems from building blocks, using modern digital design software.

Assessment

Laboratory and assignment work: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%. Student must achieve a mark of 45% in each component to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Arthur Lowery

Contact hours

3 hours lectures, 3 hours laboratory and practice classes and 6 hours of private study per week

Prohibitions

ECE2701, TEC2172, TRC2300


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)N Karmakar

Synopsis

In this unit students will be introduced the principles of electromagnetism and wave propagation of wireless and guided waves based on the use of Maxwell's equations to analyse of more complicated structures such as radio frequency (RF) transmission lines, plane interfaces, optical waveguides and optical fibres, antenna and cylindrical metallic waveguides. Students will then apply these wave propagation principles to examine the practical issues of electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) including: interference and coupling mechanisms, RF circuit layout and grounding, interfaces, filtering and shielding and EMC measurement techniques.

Objectives

To understand the principles of propagation electromagnetic waves in wireless and guided wave structures such as RF transmission lines, plane interfaces, optical waveguides and optical fibres, antenna and cylindrical metallic waveguides. To develop a working knowledge to apply the EM wave propagation phenomena to design basic and advanced antennae and optical waveguides and fibres. To develop a working knowledge of electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) including interference and coupling mechanisms, RF circuit layout and grounding, interfaces, filtering and shielding and EMC measurement techniques.

Assessment

Continuous assessment: 30%
Examination: (3 hours): 70%. Students must achieve a mark of 45% in each of these two components to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Arthur Lowery

Contact hours

3 hours lectures, 3 hours laboratory and practice classes and 6 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

ECE2021 (or ECE2201 or PHS2022) and ECE2041 (or ECE2401)

Prohibitions

ECE3202


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)J Zhang (Clayton); K Y Ng (M'sia)

Synopsis

This unit introduces control systems and feedback and outlines their role in modern society. Initially tools for the modelling, analysis and design of continuous-time systems are briefly presented. Following this, the main focus is shifted to the analysis and design of modern discrete-time and hybrid sampled-data systems. For analysis, difference equations, z-transforms, transfer functions, frequency response, and state-space models are covered, as also is computer-based system identification. For design, pole-placement, and state feedback, state estimation, and linear quadratic optimal design are covered. Aspects of robust and non-linear control are also introduced.

Objectives

An understanding of control theory. An appreciation of the diversity of control applications. An understanding of feedback and feed forward systems. An awareness of simplifying assumptions and their limitations. An understanding of digital controllers. The ability to model real systems in a variety of ways. The ability and confidence to effectively use feedback to improve the dynamic properties of a plant.

Assessment

Examination: (3 hours): 70%
Continuous assessment: 30%. Students must achieve a mark of 45% in each of these two components to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Arthur Lowery

Contact hours

3 hours lectures and 3 hours laboratory and practice classes, and 6 hours of private study per week.

Prerequisites

ECE2011, ENG1060, ENG2902

Prohibitions

ECE3301


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)T Czaszejko

Synopsis

The unit begins by considering electrical machines, looking at DC machines, induction motors, synchronous motors and other types of motors under fixed and variable speed operation. Then thyristor rectifiers and switched power converters are presented, looking at their use for electrical energy conversion in general and variable speed motor control in particular. Finally, single and three phase AC networks, power factor correction, and electrical power generation, transmission and distribution networks are explored. Particular focus is given here to three phase transformers, transmission line modelling, quality of electrical supply, electrical protection systems, and power system control.

Objectives

To explore electrical power equipment, apparatus and systems. To understand the conversion of electrical energy into alternative forms for different load requirements. To understand electrical power generation, transmission and distribution systems.

Assessment

Continuous assessment: 30%
Examination: (3 hours): 70%. Students must achieve a mark of 45% in each of these two components to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Arthur Lowery

Contact hours

3 hours lectures, 3 hours laboratory and practice classes and 6 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

ECE2061 and (ECE2031 or ECE2062)

Prohibitions

ECE3502 and TRC3501


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedNot offered in 2010
Coordinator(s)D G Holmes

Synopsis

Semiconductor physics is developed further. Non-ideal OpAmps are investigated and signal conditioning circuits and high frequency circuits are explored, including multistage amplifiers, oscillators and phase locked loops. Electronic circuit design using CAD and PCB is further developed. The switching of digital logic circuits and high speed connections are discussed. Practical electronic design issues are presented including EMI. Cascaded control systems are explored, taking into account deadband, saturation and transport delay. Concepts of State Space representation, transfer functions, canonical realization, Observability and controllability and discrete-time systems are presented.

Objectives

  1. To extend semiconductor theory to additional electronic devices and to integrated circuit structures
  2. To gain more detailed knowledge and understanding of electronic amplifier circuits, and to understand how transistors and electronics are used in higher frequency and oscillator applications
  3. To understand the importance and implications of the switching operation of digital logic circuits
  4. To further explore the design of electronic circuits using simulation and CAD design systems
  5. To understand SISO control systems, state space modeling and their relationship to transfer function representation of dynamic systems
  6. To introduce discrete-time/sampled-data control systems

To extend the ability and practical skills to:

  1. design electronic circuits using simulation tools and construct, debug and verify the operation of electronic circuits in the laboratory
  2. predict and measure the performance of digital logic switching circuits
  3. design and experimentally verify the operation of SISO control systems

Assessment

Examination: (3 hrs) 70%, Mid-semester test/laboratory/project and assignment work: 30%. Students must achive a mark of at least 45% in each component to achieve an overall pass grade.

Contact hours

2 hours lectures, 3 hours laboratory/practice classes and 7 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

ECE2031 and ECE2061

Prohibitions

ECE2062


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)A Price (Clayton); N Kamrani (M'sia)

Synopsis

This unit provides an introduction to computer architecture using a modern microprocessor as an example. Practical considerations involved in interconnecting logic element are explored, along with software and hardware techniques for interfacing computers to peripheral devices. An introduction to communication protocols used to connect local peripheral devices to a microprocessor, including RS232/RS422/RS485, CAN bus and i2C is provided. Real time systems including concurrency, inter-process communications and scheduling are introduced.

Assessment

Laboratory and assignment work: 30%
Examinations (3 hours): 70%. Student must achieve a mark of 45% in each component to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Arthur Lowery

Contact hours

2 hours lectures, 3 hours laboratory and practice classes and 6 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

(ECE2071 or CSE1301 or FIT1002 or TEC2171 or TRC2400) and (ECE2072 or TEC2172 or TRC2300)

Prohibitions

ECE3703, GSE2303, GSE3802, TEC3174, TRC3300


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)A Price

Synopsis

This unit extends the level of complexity of electronic design by integrating and applying knowledge from a number of second year units. Students will use knowledge from linear and non-linear electronics, computer engineering and communications engineering, to tackle a group project, applying project management skills, and extending their experience of working in groups. The project will extend the design processes introduced in the earlier units to a larger, more complex, and less constrained situation. The project will be complemented by lectures in project management, including working with teams, project management tools and techniques, and written and verbal communication.

Objectives

Integration and application of knowledge from different areas. Practical experience of the tools of circuit design of greater complexity. Experience in reading a wide range of component data and extracting the relevant information. Skills to work in teams. Skills to find optima in designs subject to constraints. Confidence to consider many possible solutions and choose on the data available. Experience of practical problems of more complex electronic constructions.

Assessment

Project: 70%, Requirements Analysis Document: 10%, Design Specification Document: 10%, Presentation: 10%. Students must achieve a mark of 45% in each of these two components to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Arthur Lowery

Contact hours

2 hours lectures, 3 hours laboratory and practice classes and 6 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

ECE2041 and ECE2061 and (ECE2062 or ECE2031) and ECE2071 and ECE2072

Prohibitions

ECE3905, TEC3191, TRC3000


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)I Brown (Clayton); Y C Kuang (M'sia)

Synopsis

This unit introduces systems engineering and reliability analysis. Key concepts and language are introduced through real world examples. Frameworks for analysing the life cycles of systems are introduced. Tools and techniques to aid decision-making are provided. Design Automation software tools are introduced with industry-specific examples. Group projects and discussions reinforce the concepts through real-world examples. The concepts of component and system reliability are introduced and extended to reliability analysis of non-repairable and repairable systems, including time dependent reliability and availability, mean time to failure, mean repair time and lifetime distribution functions.

Objectives

To understand the process of systems design and the use of mathematical tools in system analysis and optimisation. To learn principles of reliability evaluation of engineering systems.

Assessment

Continuous assessment: 40%
Examination: (3 hours): 60%.
Students must achieve a mark of 45% in each of these two components to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Arthur Lowery

Contact hours

3 hours lectures, 3 hours laboratory and practice classes and 6 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

ENG2092

Prohibitions

TEC3192


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)K Smith-Miles (Clayton), Raymond Ooi (M'sia)

Synopsis

This unit will introduce students to both the analysis of stochastic processes and the mathematical principles at the core of the numerical techniques used to find the solution of differential equations. The first half of the unit will build up the discrete processes that lead to finite differences, finite elements and finite volumes techniques commonly used to solve differential equations. Spectral methods will also be developed. The second half of this unit will focus on stochastic processes, particularly the analysis of time series.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate an understanding of: optimisation techniques for large-scale discrete systems; singular value decomposition; finite difference techniques as applied to ordinary differential equations; finite element, finite volume and spectral methods; modern methods employed in the analysis of stochastic systems; Ergodic processes; the theoretical aspects of ARMA models and their use; the role and use of Kalman filters; the use of stochastic differential equations to model linear and non-linear systems.

Assessment

Continuous assessment: 40%
Examination: (3 hours): 60%. Students must achieve a mark of 45% in each of these two components to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Kate Smith-Miles

Contact hours

3 hours lectures, 2 hours laboratory and practice classes and 7 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

ECE2011, ENG2092


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedSunway First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)B Lithgow (Clayton); N Kamrani (M'sia)

Synopsis

The practical application of DSP systems using industry standard platforms. The unit covers practical aspects including current industry standard integrated software development and debugger tools, assembler from C, code optimisation, memory management, cache, Architecture, Hardware pipelining, XDAIS (eXpressDSP Algorithm Standard), EDMA, HWI (hardware interrupts) , McBSP (multiple channel buffered serial port), channel sorting, DSP/BIOS (scalable real-time kernel), HPI (host port interface). Advanced topics include wavelets, adaptive filters, real time digital filters.

Objectives

To understand signals as fractal and non fractal and how they can be faithfully recorded, analysed and modified by systems. To understand the strengths and weakness of sampled and digitised representations of signals, including images, in both time, frequency and time-frequency / time-scale domains. To experience the strength of mathematics in describing these processes. To understand and implement adaptive filter and real time filter systems. To implement adaptive filters on an industry standard DSP development system. To implement real-time filters on an industry standard DSP development system. To implement wavelets on an industry standard DSP development system. To develop a working knowledge of a real time current industry standard integrated software development system. To develop a working knowledge of a real time hardware development system. To develop a working knowledge of a real time hardware peripherals and their interfacing.

Assessment

Continuous assessment: 30%
Examination: (3 hours): 70%. Students must achieve a mark of 45% in each of these two components to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Arthur Lowery

Contact hours

3 hours lectures, 3 hours laboratory and practice classes and 6 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

ECE2011 (or ECE3102)

Co-requisites

ECE3073 (or ECE3703) and ECE3093 (or MAT3901)

Prohibitions

ECE4404, ECE4805, ECE5012, ECE5404, ECE5805


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedNot offered in 2010

Synopsis

This unit is a study of passive and active electronic components and devices and how they perform at radio and microwave frequencies. Physical RF circuits are to be designed, built and tested in the laboratory and as design projects. Extensive use is made of modern RF simulation and design software.

Objectives

To educate the student about the unique nature of working at RF and microwave frequencies
To give the student the necessary analytical skills to analyse RF and microwave electronic components, circuits and systems
To teach the student to design RF and microwave circuits and systems
To give the student the skills to utilise sophisticated RF and microwave EDA software and to use RF and microwave test equipment to develop RF and microwave electronics

Assessment

Continuous assessment: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%. Students must achieve a mark of 45% in each of these components to achieve an overall pass grade.

Contact hours

3 hours lectures, 3 hours laboratory and practice classes and 6 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

(ECE2021 or ECE2201) and (ECE2041 or ECE2401) and (ECE2061 or ECE2601)

Co-requisites

ECE3022

Prohibitions

ECE4204, ECE5203, ECE5204


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedSunway Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)A Sekercioglu

Synopsis

This unit is a study of the fundamentals of radio transmitters and receivers, the wireless radio channel and radio/wireless networks. An investigation into the configuration of wireless units to create communications systems and networks leads on to an appreciation of the diversity of wireless applications for personal and public use.

Objectives

To understand the basics of radio transmission and reception in different frequency bands and different physical environments
To understand the limitations on radio communications imposed by the radio channel
To learn the wide range of applications of radio/wireless technology
To understand mobile radio communications and its networking capabilities.

Assessment

Continuous assessment: 30%
Examination: (3 hours): 70%. Students must achieve a mark of 45% in each of these two components to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Arthur Lowery

Contact hours

3 hours lectures, 3 hours laboratory and practice classes and 6 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

ECE2021 (or ECE3202 or PHS2022)

Prohibitions

ECE5024


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)J Zhang

Synopsis

This unit aims to firstly develop an understanding of key features of methods for mathematically modelling various categories of dynamical systems in terms of sets of dynamic and algebraic equations, ranging from engineering to biomedical systems. Secondly, students are shown how to write algorithms for efficient numerical solution of these equations. Computer-aided control systems design using optimal and robust control methods is then covered. Thirdly, students are introduced to Lyapunov and function analytic techniques for nonlinear systems stability analysis, and to nonlinear control design methods including feedback linearisation, sliding mode and passivity-based control techniques.

Objectives

  1. To understand the role of control and automation in modern society
  2. To understand modelling and simulation of typical industrial and process control systems
  3. To appreciate different fieldbusses used in industrial data communications
  4. To understand optimal and robust control design techniques for linear multivariable systems
  5. To have knowledge and skills to obtain solutions real world non-linear control problems
  6. To be able to perform numerical simulations of dynamical engineering systems
  7. To be able to configure fieldbusses used in industrial data communications
  8. To be able to use optimization methods to systemically design controllers for linear Multivariable dynamical systems
  9. To be able to analyse stability of nonlinear systems
  10. To be able to design controllers for nonlinear systems using feedback linearization, sliding mode and passivity based control techniques
  11. To have an appreciation of the role of automation in society
  12. To have confidence in identifying new engineering problems and formulating original solutions

Assessment

Continuous assessment: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%. Students must achieve a mark of 45% in each of these components to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Arthur Lowery

Contact hours

2 hours lectures, 3 hours laboratory and practice classes and 7 hours private study per week

Prerequisites

ECE2031 or ECE3031

Prohibitions

ECE4302, ECE5032, ECE5302


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedNot offered in 2010

Synopsis

Production and assembly analysis, process and equipment qualification. Quality systems, quality control and quality assurance in the industry. Occupational health and safety, Statistical process control, optimization techniques and operation management. Production test flow analysis and requirements to test equipment. Modular and virtual instrumentation for data acquisition, control and testing in manufacturing environment. Measurement and testing techniques, accuracy, calibration and statistical analysis of results.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of the unit, the students are expected:

  1. To get an appreciation of the modern industrial processes development and manufacturing line settings.
  2. To know various manufacturing systems and the management issues associated with such systems.
  3. To be able to analyse commonly encountered operational problems mathematically in terms of optimization and to find the respective solution by using appropriate tools.
  4. To know the modern organisation management paradigms in particularly with respect to quality improvements. To appreciate the importance of interaction between engineering departments with other parties, internal or external to the manufacturing corporation.
  5. To be capable of integrating various modular instrumentation, measurement, control, and computing equipment to form a new system for the given task relevant to industrial manufacturing environment.
  6. To be confident in handling commonly employed data communication standards (buses) between host computers and various on-line or semi-autonomous instrumental systems to perform variety of tasks (data acquisition, control, signal processing, testing, etc.)
  7. To become familiar with the issues that may cause inaccurate measurements and to be well-versed in the statistical methods in measurement error analysis. To know how to present results in statistically sound manner and to be able to extract useful information out of raw data using sound statistical methodologies.
  8. To be aware of the environmental, health and safety issues relevant to high-volume manufacturing in the industry be able to reduced the risk of common hazardous situations.

Assessment

5 Laboratory reports and 1 mini-project: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Arthur Lowery

Contact hours

3 hours lectures, 1 hour tutorials, 2 hours laboratories and 6 hours private study per week

Prerequisites

ECE2071 (or ECE2702 or TRC2400)


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)M Premaratne

Synopsis

This unit will cover aspects of physical layer communications which are relevant to modern communication systems. Digital modulation techniques, including quadrature modulation and orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) will be covered. The effects of noise on bit error rates will be covered, along with techniques to reduce them, including matched filtering and equalisation. Information theory covers questions of capacity, diversity, and error correction coding. Finally the use of multiple input multiple output (MIMO) communication systems will be covered.

Objectives

Knowledge of the fundamental limits of communication in noisy band limited channels. Knowledge of digital modulation techniques and the advantages and disadvantages of different techniques. Understanding of the properties of different communication channels and how channels can be modelled mathematically. Knowledge of the properties of modern error correcting codes. Understanding of how orthogonal frequency division multiplexing and multiple input multiple output (MIMO) multiple antenna systems can be used in modern communication systems and the advantages and limitations of their use. Understanding of the statistical nature of communications. Skills to design and simulate modern communication systems using industry standard simulation tools.

Assessment

Continuous assessment: 30%
Examination: (3 hours): 70%. Students must achieve a mark of 45% in each of these two components to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Arthur Lowery

Contact hours

3 hours lectures and 3 hours laboratory and practice classes, and 6 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

ECE2041 or ECE2401

Prohibitions

ECE5042


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedSunway First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)L Binh (Clayton); T Win (M'sia)

Synopsis

Students will study the characteristics of key components that make up optical communications systems, including: lasers and advanced lightwave sources and direct modulation, optical modulators, optical fibres, optical amplifiers, filters and multiplexers, optical receivers and associated electronics. Secondly, students will use this knowledge to analyse and design optical communications systems. Examples will include local-area networks, metropolitan area networks, long-haul links and transcontinental networks.

Objectives

Knowledge of characteristics of fibres, including dispersion and non-linearity, and of multiplexers, filters and Raman optical amplifiers. Ability to prepare a power budget for an optical communications link. Understanding of the dispersion limits and compensation techniques for optical links. Knowledge of wavelength division multiplexing in links and networks. Skills to design optical communications links for short, medium and long-haul applications, and select appropriate components during link design. Ability to simulate the interactions of components and understand performance measures. Ability to propose optical network architectures for access and metropolitan networks. Ability to specify the performance of networks from an operator's perspective. Experience in making basic measurements on optical components and systems.

Assessment

Continuous assessment: 30%
Examination: (3 hours): 70%. Students must achieve a mark of 45% in each of these two components to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Arthur Lowery

Contact hours

3 hours lectures, 3 hours laboratory and practice classes and 6 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

ECE2021 (or ECE3202 or PHS2022) and ECE2041 (or ECE3402)

Prohibitions

ECE4405, ECE5043, ECE5405


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)A Sekercioglu (Clayton); R Parthiban(M'sia)

Synopsis

This unit aims to study the fundamentals of telecommunication network protocols by having the Internet's software architecture as its primary focus. Reliable communication over an unreliable network layer, connection establishment and teardown, congestion and flow control, and multiplexing issues are covered. The functions of routers and routing algorithms and protocols for finding paths and interconnecting large number of heterogeneous networks are studied. Local area networks and protocols for sharing a multi-access channel are studied. Finally, protocols for network security, techniques for providing confidentiality, authentication, non-repudiation and message integrity are also studied.

Objectives

  1. Understand the basic infrastructure and hardware achitecture of the Internet
  2. understand the software architecture of the Internet and main protocols
  3. understand the protocols used in contemporary Internet applications, and their purpose
  4. understand the techniques and protocols for provision of security, authentication, non-repudiation and message integrity
  5. understand the operation of Local Area Network (LAN) protocols
  6. gain knowledge on the available networking tools to query parts of the Internet infrastructure including name servers, routers, individual hosts, and websites.
  7. gain knowledge on comparative analysis of various networking protocols and their application
  8. learn to write client and server applications using the Internet protocols

Assessment

Laboratory and assignment work 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%. Student must achieve a mark of 45% in each component and an overall mark of 50% to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Arthur Lowery

Contact hours

2 hours lectures, 3 hours laboratory/practice classes and 7 hours private study per week

Prerequisites

ECE2041

Prohibitions

ECE4411, ECE5044, ECE5411, TEC3742


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedSunway Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)A Sekercioglu

Synopsis

This unit addresses the fundamental concepts and analytical tools for modelling, predicting and improving the performance of telecommunication networks. It also introduces simulation methods. First, network performance modelling and estimation is studied. Second, congestion in telecommunication networks is covered, and effectiveness of various congestion control algorithms, especially. Third, a comparative analysis of routing algorithms is covered from the graph theory perspective. The focus then shifts to individual links and an introduction to information theory, and limits of channel capacity are discussed. Finally, methods for Quality of Service (QoS) guarantees are studied.

Objectives

To understand the basics of random processes and their relationship to traffic modelling.
To learn about link models for circuit switching, for packet switching and queuing theory for delay analysis.
To understand methods for modelling networks as graphs, and their application to routing.
To understand the fundamental principles of centralised network design.
To learn about flow and congestion control algorithms and their comparative analysis.
To know the building blocks of an architecture for guaranteed quality of service provision in next generation networks.
To develop skills to choose and use simulation tools for predicting network performance.
Appreciation of the role of a network engineer.
Confidence in identifying and using the most suitable analytical or simulation tool for network planning.

Assessment

Continuous assessment: 30%
Examination: (3 hours) 70%. Students must achieve a mark of 45% in each of these two components to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Arthur Lowery

Contact hours

3 hours lectures, 3 hours laboratory and practice classes and 6 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

ECE2041 or ECE2401

Prohibitions

ECE5045


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedSunway Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)B P McGrath

Synopsis

This unit aims to develop an understanding of the structure and operation of electrical power systems using different resources, and considering their environmental impacts. It covers current and future energy scenarios for the world and Australia. This requires an understanding of the basic concepts and modelling of electrical power systems, including techniques for power flow and fault analysis, control of voltage, frequency, harmonic distortion, and system stability. Methods are presented to identify and clear faults, maximise power system economy and estimate the capital cost as well as unit price of electricity ($/kWh) using various energy conversion technologies.

Objectives

To understand energy conversion technologies, electric power system modelling, power flow analysis faults in power systems electrical grid power and frequency control power stability and quality of supply economy of electric power systems.

Assessment

Continuous assessment: 30%
Examination: (3 hours) 70%. Students must achieve a mark of 45% in each of these two components to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Arthur Lowery

Contact hours

3 hours lectures, 3 hours laboratory and practice classes and 6 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

(ECE2031 and EC2061) or TRC2500

Co-requisites

ECE3051 or (TRC3501 and TRC3600)

Prohibitions

ECE4503, ECE4057, ECE4507, ECE5507, ECE5053, ECE5503


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedNot offered in 2010

Synopsis

The unit looks at the use of power electronic converters in applications such as variable speed motor drives and electrical grid energy control. It analyses voltage and current source inverters operating under open and closed loop regulation, develops advanced models of AC motors, and then integrates these concepts into variable speed drives for AC motors. A similar approach is used for DC motor drive systems, first using multipulse SCR converters and then hard switched converters for more advanced systems based on brushless DC and stepper servo motors. Finally, topologies such as cycloconverters, matrix converters and multilevel converters are presented, together with typical applications.

Objectives

To understand
The way in which electrical motors can operate at variable speeds
The use of power electronic converters for variable speed motor control
How electrical energy can be controlled by power electronic converters for industrial processes and to improve power quality.

Assessment

Laboratory and assignment work: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%. Student must achieve a mark of 45% in each component and an overall mark of 50% to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Arthur Lowery

Contact hours

2 hours lectures, 3 hours laboratory/practice classes and 7 hours private study per week

Prerequisites

(ECE2031 and ECE2061) or TRC2500

Co-requisites

ECE3051 or (TRC3501 and TRC3600)

Prohibitions

ECE4504, ECE5054, ECE5504


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedNot offered in 2010
Coordinator(s)G Holmes

Synopsis

The unit presents a structured treatment of the design of switched mode power electronic converters. It begins by considering semiconductor devices and topologies of various types of converters that suit particular applications. Then, detailed design processes are developed, taking into account converter topology and semiconductor device selection, design of magnetic components, voltage-mode and current-mode closed loop control, use of simulation, physical design layout, and EMI/EMC considerations, in the context of particular applications. Finally, specific real-world systems such as electronic lighting ballast's, UPSs and high-frequency induction heating systems are presented as examples.

Objectives

To understand the use of power electronic switching conversion techniques to control electrical power in a wide-range of applications.
To select appropriate converter topologies and structures for specific applications.
To be able to design and construct practical switched mode power electronic converters.
To be able to use simulation tools as part of the design process.

Assessment

Continuous assessment: 30%
Examination: (3 hours) 70%. Students must achieve a mark of 45% in each of these two components to achieve an overall pass grade.

Contact hours

3 hours lectures, 3 hours laboratory and practice classes and 6 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

ECE2061 or TRC2500

Prohibitions

ECE4505, ECE5055, ECE5505


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)T Czaszejko

Synopsis

The unit introduces concepts of high voltage phenomena in the context of design and testing of electrical power plant. The unit describes sources of over voltage in power systems. It then presents fundamentals of high voltage insulation design and condition monitoring methods. It describes insulation performance characteristics and diagnostic methods in plant such as generators, transformers and high voltage cables. The notions of insulation co-ordination and over voltage protection are also established. Additionally, the unit introduces static electricity phenomena, hazards they pose and technology applications they bring.

Objectives

To learn and understand the principles of high voltage technology as applied in the design and testing of power system equipment as well as in other industrial applications.

Assessment

Continuous assessment: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%. Students must achieve a mark of 45% in each of these two components to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Arthur Lowery

Contact hours

3 hours lectures, 3 hours laboratory and practice classes and 6 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

ECE2021 or PHS2022

Prohibitions

ECE4508, ECE5058, ECE5508


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)L Kleeman (Clayton); M Ooi (M'sia)

Synopsis

The unit aims to develop a fundamental understanding of the performance, specification and fabrication of large scale digital circuits. Students will become experienced at the design, simulation, verification and debugging of complex large scale digital circuits using a Hardware Description Language (HDL) and current CAD tools with FPGA development boards. Two group design projects will be undertaken: one involving an HDL using FPGA devices and another involving custom VLSI CMOS design and simulation

Objectives

  • understand the evolution of complex digital integrated circuits and scaling issues
  • appreciate the fabrication processes used for producing CMOS VLSI circuits
  • understand of the uses and limitations of VLSI and HDL in the synthesis and simulation
  • develop an appreciation of different VLSI design styles and hierarchical design
  • gain a physical insight into digital circuit behaviour and performance
  • appreciate the characteristics of synchronous and self-timed design methodologies
  • understand the fundamental synchronization issues of independent digital systems
  • develop skills in VLSI and HDL large scale digital design and simulation with CAD tools
  • acquire the skill of debugging and fault finding large scale digital designs
  • appreciate how fundamentals of digital design can be applied to this rapidly changing field

Assessment

Laboratory and assignment work: 40%
Examination (3 hours): 60%. Students must achieve a mark of 45% in each component and an overall mark of 50% to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Arthur Lowery

Contact hours

2 hours lectures, 3 hours laboratory/practice classes and 7 hours private study per week

Prerequisites

ECE2061 or TRC2500

Co-requisites

ECE3073 or TRC3300

Prohibitions

ECE4604, ECE5063, ECE5604


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedSunway Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)V Kalavally (M'sia)

Synopsis

Electronic testing in IC fabrication cycle; the importance and organisation of testing within technological process; test equipment used in industry to verify the correct operation of digital integrated circuits (generic architecture and operation of a test system, main modules of a tester and their operation, computer-aided test engineering tools, test system programming, device interface board design), digital test methodologies (DC parametric, AC, functional and IDDQ tests), semiconductor memory testing, introduction to analog and mixed-signal testing, design-for-testability and built-in self-test and their implication on test technology, test data collection and analysis.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of the unit, the students are expected:

  1. To gain appreciation of the microelectronics evolution, the IC fabrication process, the manufacture of microelectronic devices and the cost and roles of testing
  2. To know the different kinds of semiconductor testing and corresponding test types
  3. To be able to outline the requirements and procedures for DC parametric, AC parametric and Functional testing based on the device specifications sheets
  4. To get good appreciation of mixed-signal and memory testing, their specifics and alogrithms
  5. To be familiarised with IDDQ testing and be able to design and implement relevant test algorithms for a device in production.
  6. To know design-for-test and built-in self test methodologies
  7. To know ATE architecture and operation as well as to be able to design simple digital tests, program and implement them on real-world test equipment
  8. To obtain deep comprehension of functional and in-circuit testing of assembled printed circuit boards.

Assessment

Laboratory reports: 10%
Laboratory test and mid-semester test: 20%
Examination (3 hour): 70%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Arthur Lowery

Contact hours

3 hours lectures, 1 hour tutorials, 2 hours laboratories and 6 hours private study per week

Prerequisites

ECE2061 and ECE2072

Co-requisites

ECE2062 or ECE3062


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)A Price

Synopsis

This unit builds upon earlier studies in computer organisation and engineering. The unit will explore the structures, techniques and trade-offs implicit in the study of high performance computer architectures. The focus will be on exploring all aspects of exploitable concurrency in computer systems and the applications they support. This will include considerations of data path design, memory structures, resource allocation and scheduling, threading, branch prediction; alternative application specific computer architectures; implementation using re-configurable devices and high-level languages.

Objectives

  • to design and construct application specific solutions in the field of computer architecture
  • to appreciate that the solution to any problem in computer architecture is likely to be quickly invalidated by time and to strive for solutions that minimise the effects of this reality
  • to develop confidence in specifying computational requirements and formulating original solutions in a timely manner.

Assessment

Examination: (3 hours) 70%
Continuous assessment: 30%. Students must achieve a mark of 45% in each of these two components to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Arthur Lowery

Contact hours

2 hours lectures, 3 hours laboratory and practice classes and 7 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

ECE3073 or ECE3703 or TRC3300

Prohibitions

ECE4705, ECE5074


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedNot offered in 2010
Coordinator(s)L Kleeman

Synopsis

The unit enables students to understand, analyse, specify, design and test embedded systems in terms of the hardware architecture, distributed systems and the software development that deploys a real time kernel and the migration of software to hardware. The design, analysis and implementation of a real time kernel will be studied that includes scheduling policies, process creation and management, inter-process communication, efficient handling of I/O and distributed processor implementation issues. Students will be involved in a design project that involves the hardware and real time system design of an embedded system with hard deadlines using an FPGA development system.

Objectives

To understand the development process for embedded systems from specification, simulation, implementation and testing. To gain an appreciation of the effectiveness and properties of a real time kernel in the software development process. To gain a knowledge and understanding of the properties of different scheduling policies and their implementation in a real time system. To understand the process of migration of a software definition to a hardware implementation as a means to accelerate an embedded system design. To understand the complexities and design approaches necessary in a distributed real time embedded system.

Assessment

Continuous assessment: 40%
Examination: (3 hours) 60%. Students must achieve a mark of 45% in each of these two components to achieve an overall pass grade.

Contact hours

2 hours lectures, 3 hours laboratory and practice classes and 7 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

ECE3073 or TRC3300

Prohibitions

ECE4705, ECE5075


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedNot offered in 2010
Coordinator(s)M Premaratne

Synopsis

This unit will look at the applications of modern object oriented approaches to engineering computation. Numerical libraries based upon modern meta-programming techniques are introduced to show ways of constructing performance-critical software to solve engineering problems that are formulated as partial differential equations. Due to their widespread usage, special emphasis will be placed on constructing numerical solutions based on finite difference and finite element methods. Specifically, this unit will extensively use advanced C++ language features and numerical libraries such as Blitz++.

Objectives

Familiarity with the use of software development tools
Knowledge of the features of C++ including OOP
Understanding of efficiency considerations in C++ including temporary generation, in-lining, virtual functions usage, floating point, bit-set calculations, reference, pointers and exception handling.
Competence in meta-programming.
Experience of Blitz++ as an example system to demonstrate scientific programming.
Use of comsol multiphysics as an example scripting platform for handling finite element programs.
Competence in finite difference and finite element methods.
The ability to design object oriented, maintainable numerical software for solving engineering problems.
An appreciation of computational methodologies and high performance computing techniques in electrical engineering.
Confidence in using state of the art numerical packages for solving engineering problems.

Assessment

Continuous assessment: 30%
Examination: (3 hours) 70%. Students must achieve a mark of 45% in each of these two components to achieve an overall pass grade.

Contact hours

3 hours lectures, 3 hours laboratory and practice classes and 6 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

(ENG2092 or MAT2901) and (ECE2011 or ECE3102) and (ECE2071 or ECE2702 or CSE1301 or TRC2400 or FIT1002)

Prohibitions

ECE4709, ECE5077, ECE5709


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)R Russell

Synopsis

Intelligent Robotics concerns the melding of artificial perception, strategic reasoning and robotic action in potentially unstructured and time-varying environments to fulfill useful physical tasks, whether in industry or for security, healthcare, search and rescue or civil defense etc.This unit covers topics underpinning the above requirements, including sensors, sensor fusion, machine perception, environmental mapping/monitoring, path planning, localisation, mechanisms, artificial intelligence methodologies and application domains.

Objectives

Students will gain an understanding of the physical structure, sensing/actuation and programming required to develop an intelligent robot. They will be able to specify the robotic mechanism, its sensors and actuators and then be capable of programming and integrating these components into a functioning robot system. By considering case studies they will be able to critically appraise robot systems developed by others.

Assessment

Laboratory and assignment work: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%. Student must achieve a mark of 45% in each component and an overall mark of 50% to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Arthur Lowery

Contact hours

2 hours lectures, 4 hours laboratory/practice classes and 6 hours private study per week

Prerequisites

ECE2071 or TRC2400

Prohibitions

ECE4711, ECE5078, ECE5711


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)R Russell

Synopsis

Intelligent Robotics concerns the melding of artificial perception, strategic reasoning and robotic action in potentially unstructured and time-varying environments to fulfill useful physical tasks, whether in industry or for security, healthcare, search and rescue or civil defense etc.This unit covers topics underpinning the above requirements, including sensors, sensor fusion, machine perception, environmental mapping/monitoring, path planning, localisation, mechanisms, artificial intelligence methodologies and application domains.

Objectives

Students will gain an understanding of the physical structure, sensing/actuation and programming required to develop an intelligent robot. They will be able to specify the robotic mechanism, its sensors and actuators and then be capable of programming and integrating these components into a functioning robot system. By considering case studies they will be able to critically appraise robot systems developed by others.

Assessment

Laboratory and assignment work: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%. Student must achieve a mark of 45% in each component and an overall mark of 50% to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Arthur Lowery

Contact hours

2 hours lectures, 4 hours laboratory/practice classes and 6 hours private study per week

Prerequisites

ECE2071 or TRC2400

Prohibitions

ECE4711, ECE5078, ECE5711


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)B Lithgow

Synopsis

This unit shows how engineering principles are used in the design and construction of biomedical instrumentation. This includes application of electrochemistry to biological membranes, application of cable theory to nerve axons, application of electronic design principles to the recording of biological electrical signals, application of quantitative optics to spectrometry and flourescopy. In addition, the operating principles of a wide range of medical and laboratory instruments will be explored, raning from pH meters to gene sequencers, pressure transducers to anaesthetic machines.

Objectives

To understand the generation of electrical signals in the body.
To apply engineering principles to recording and analysis of electrical signals in the body.
To apply basic chemistry to sensors
To understand the principles and operation of optical instrumentation.
To become familiar with a range of hospital equipment.

Assessment

Laboratory and assignment work: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%. Student must achieve a mark of 45% in each component and an overall mark of 50% to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Arthur Lowery

Contact hours

3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory/practice classes and 6 hours private study per week

Prerequisites

ECE2061, PHY2011

Prohibitions

ECE3801, ECE5081, ECE5801


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)I Brown

Synopsis

This unit will apply the basic mechanics included in the engineering course to the physiological background of the biomedical engineers. This will include characterisation of the principle body tissues as engineering materials, such as bone, cartilage and ligaments as structural materials, joints as mechanisms, muscles as motors and brakes, the heart as a pump, and the nervous system as sensor network and controller. Gait, the prime example of the interaction of all these elements, will be studied in its own right, and as a diagnostic tool in palsied, diseased and prosthetic patients. The technologies of the gait lab and of ambulatory monitoring will also be covered.

Objectives

To understand the building blocks of human musculo-skeletal biomechanics.
To study human motor control with a particular focus on lower limb control and locomotion.
To compare gait of normal and disabled humans
To understand the principles and operation of gait measurement in the laboratory and in the field.
To become familiar with the biomechanics of prosthetics.

Assessment

Continuous assessment: 30%
Examination: (3 hours) 70%. Students must achieve a mark of 45% in each of these two components to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Arthur Lowery

Contact hours

3 hours lectures, 3 hours laboratory and practice classes and 6 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

ENG1040

Prohibitions

ECE4804, ECE5084, ECE5804


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedNot offered in 2010
Coordinator(s)M Premaratne

Synopsis

This unit will introduce a range of medical imaging technologies currently used in health care, covering aspects of technical design, medical image analysis, systems integration and emerging technologies. It introduces students to the wide range of imaging modalities with an emphasis on the design and technical development of each modality. Future needs on medical imaging in health care and emerging medical imaging technologies will be covered. Image analysis and visualisation in the context of image guided therapy, image guided surgery, and virtual reality based simulation will also be covered.

Objectives

To provide an introduction to medical imaging equipment and systems. To study medical imaging systems, including computational methods, analysis, design and performance requirements. To be able to evaluate future medical imaging systems. To become familiar with medical imaging equipment safety and regulation.

Assessment

Continuous assessment: 30%
Examination: (3 hours) 70%. Students must achieve a mark of 45% in each of these two components to achieve an overall pass grade.

Contact hours

3 hours lectures, 3 hours laboratory and practice classes and 6 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

ECE2011 (or ECE3102) and ECE2021 (or ECE3202 or PHS2022)

Prohibitions

ECE4806, ECE5086, ECE5806


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedNot offered in 2010
Coordinator(s)I Brown

Synopsis

This unit provides an introduction to the process of design and innovation with particular reference to medical technology. The design, development and manufacture of medical technology are covered, taking into consideration safety and effectiveness issues, regulatory and legal issues, the patient equipment interface and the hospital or medical environment in which the equipment is to be used. This will be achieved through case studies and development of a business plan.

Objectives

To introduce the process of medical technology innovation in the context of Australian case studies.
To develop a conceptual design for a new medical technology considering a wide range of parameters including technical feasibility, patient/doctor acceptance, manufacturability, financial viability, and safety.
To gain experience in developing and presenting a plan for new technology innovation.

Assessment

Continuous assessment: 50%
Examination: (3 hours) 50%. Students must achieve a mark of 45% in each of these two components to achieve an overall pass grade.

Contact hours

3 hours lectures, 3 hours laboratory and practice classes and 6 hours of private study per week

Prohibitions

ECE4807, ECE5087, ECE5807


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)A Price (Clayton); V Kalavally (Msia)

Synopsis

Together with ECE4095 Project B, this unit is a challenging opportunity to pursue independently an individual project and is likely to require extended effort. The two units together normally include a preparatory literature survey and developmental work such as design, construction and programming. Students choose a project that interests them, and are assigned to a team of two supervising staff members.

Objectives

To give students the experience of tackling a real problem and presenting their achievement.
To search for prior knowledge.
To learn to apply safety considerations to all actions.
To present results in writing and in person.

Assessment

Panel assessment of the achievement of the student in the project, as evidenced by a presentation, a poster and a written report (100%)

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Arthur Lowery

Contact hours

12 hours per week working on the project

Prerequisites

ECE3091 or completion of 132 credit points

Prohibitions

ECE4911, ECE5094


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)A Price (Clayton); V Kalavally (Msia)

Synopsis

Together with ECE4094 Project A this unit is a challenging opportunity to pursue independently an individual project and is likely to require extended effort. The two units together normally include a preparatory literature survey and developmental work such as design, construction and programming. Students choose a project that interests them, and are assigned to a team of two supervising staff members.

Objectives

To give students the experience of tackling a real problem and presenting their achievement.
To search for prior knowledge.
To learn to apply safety considerations to all actions.
To present results in writing and in person.

Assessment

Panel assessment of the achievement of the student in the project, as evidenced by a presentation, a poster and a written report: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Arthur Lowery

Contact hours

12 hours per week working on the project

Prerequisites

ECE4094 or ECE4911

Prohibitions

ECE4912


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)R Rimington (Clayton); S G Ponnambalam (Msia)

Synopsis

This unit will cover topics relevant to engineers working in a business environment, particularly in management, focusing on recent case studies. Areas covered include management of individuals, teams and organisations, management philosophy and practical techniques. Financial management will be discussed, including company objectives, accounting fundamentals, and financial planning and control. Marketing will follow, including business planning, quality and quality control. Relevant legal issues will be covered, including intellectual property, contract and negligence. This will be drawn together in discussing the role of the professional engineer, ethical behaviour and decision making.

Objectives

To understand the role of an engineer as a manager - skills, styles, technique.
To learn about and understand organisations - types, structures, operations.
To understand accounting fundamentals.
To understanding the basics of marketing principles.
To experience and learn techniques for strategic business planning.
To understand some of the legal issues relevant to engineers.
To identify and inculcate the elements of professional behaviour, in particular the Engineering Code of Ethics.
To identify and learn key skills required to effectively perform the role of a manager.
To learn to operate effectively in a dynamic business environment.
To learn to use financial information to enhance business decision making.
To develop and utilise effective strategic plans using advanced planning techniques.
To come to understand important legal aspects of contract, negligence and intellectual property with relevance to the engineering profession and in the context of the engineering code of ethics.
To gain an appreciation of the value of planning.
To identify with ethical business behaviour.

Assessment

Continuous assessment: 30%
Examination: (3 hours) 70%. Students must achieve a mark of 45% in each of these two components to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Arthur Lowery

Contact hours

3 hours lectures, 2 hours laboratory and practice classes and 7 hours of private study per week

Prohibitions

ECE4908, TEC3193 and TRC4002


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedOverseas First semester 2010 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2010 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Gary Codner


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedOverseas First semester 2010 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2010 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Gary Codner


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedOverseas First semester 2010 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2010 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Gary Codner


4 points, SCA Band 2, 0.0833333 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedOverseas First semester 2010 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2010 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Gary Codner


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedOverseas First semester 2010 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2010 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Gary Codner


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedOverseas First semester 2010 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2010 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Gary Codner


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedOverseas First semester 2010 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2010 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Gary Codner


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedOverseas First semester 2010 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2010 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Gary Codner


4 points, SCA Band 2, 0.0833333 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedOverseas Second semester 2010 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Gary Codner


4 points, SCA Band 2, 0.0833333 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedOverseas First semester 2010 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Gary Codner


4 points, SCA Band 2, 0.0833333 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedOverseas First semester 2010 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2010 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Gary Codner


4 points, SCA Band 2, 0.0833333 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedOverseas First semester 2010 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2010 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Gary Codner


4 points, SCA Band 2, 0.0833333 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedOverseas First semester 2010 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Gary Codner


4 points, SCA Band 2, 0.0833333 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedOverseas First semester 2010 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Gary Codner


4 points, SCA Band 2, 0.0833333 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedOverseas First semester 2010 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Gary Codner


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedOverseas First semester 2010 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2010 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Gary Codner


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedOverseas First semester 2010 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2010 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Gary Codner


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedOverseas First semester 2010 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2010 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Gary Codner


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedOverseas First semester 2010 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2010 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Gary Codner


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedOverseas First semester 2010 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2010 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Gary Codner


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedOverseas First semester 2010 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2010 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Gary Codner


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedOverseas First semester 2010 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2010 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Gary Codner


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedOverseas First semester 2010 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2010 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Gary Codner


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedOverseas First semester 2010 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2010 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Gary Codner


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedOverseas First semester 2010 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2010 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Gary Codner


4 points, SCA Band 2, 0.0833333 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedOverseas First semester 2010 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2010 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Gary Codner


4 points, SCA Band 2, 0.0833333 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedOverseas First semester 2010 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2010 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Gary Codner


12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedOverseas First semester 2010 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Gary Codner


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)G P Codner

Synopsis

Introduce concepts of sustainable development, the demands of population and economic growth, industrialisation and urbanisation, energy demand and usage, and human environmental disturbance. Two environmental case studies will be covered in detail, designed to illustrate by way of example many of the considerations that underpin many environmental issues/conflicts/ethics. These are climate change and sustainable cities. The multi-disciplinary nature of environmental problems is emphasized together with the need to understand and communicate with other professional and community groups.

Objectives

Objectives:

  • develop an appreciation of the range and magnitude of environmental issues
  • develop an understanding of the different possible perspectives on environmental issues
  • understand the effects of population growth and urbanisation
  • understand community concerns about the environment
  • understand the role of the environmental engineer in society, and with respect to environmental issues
  • understand the importance of environmental ethics
  • understand the conceptual basis of sustainability
  • learn to integrate conflicting viewpoints regarding environmental issues
  • begin to integrate environmental criteria into engineering project work
  • develop skills in information retrieval and analysis
  • develop skills in the oral and written presentation of technical information.

Assessment

Examination: 50%
Group project: 35%
Tutorial involvement 5%
Two individual assignments:10%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Xiao-Ling Zhao

Contact hours

3 hours lectures, 2 hours tutorial classes and 7 hours of private study per week


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)G Simon

Synopsis

This unit will give the students an appreciation of materials, their place in the environment and ways of dealing with their presence in the waste stream. The students will gain a basic understanding of the structure and properties of the main classes of materials: metals, polymers and ceramics. Students will learn about the ways in which these different materials can be disposed of, ranging from incineration, recycling and degradation, and the technologies involved in these processes. The advantages of these methods, as opposed simply to landfill, will be discussed. Methods of sorting of different materials from the waste stream into their various components will also be covered.

Objectives

On successful completion of this course students will:

  1. Understand the broad interrelationship of materials in society and issues related to their reuse or disposal

  1. Have a basic understanding of the mechanical properties of materials, of how these properties are measured and their importance in various applications

  1. Have an understanding of the key classes of materials (metals, ceramics and polymers), how their structure relates to their properties and applications and how this differs between classes

  1. Understand the technical aspects of other alternatives to disposing of these materials such as incineration, degradation and recycling

  1. Have an understanding of the basic concepts of an energy balance (life-cycle analysis) with regards materials usage .

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 50%
Two written assignments: 20%
Two tests (30 mins): 15%
Laboratory work: 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor George Simon

Contact hours

3 hours of lectures/problem solving classes per week, 3 x 3 hrs laboratory classes per semester and 7 hours of private study per week.


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)

Synopsis

Energy resources, chain, and energy conversion processes; non-renewable (fossil, nuclear) and renewable (photovoltaic, wind, hydro-, biomass) sources of energy; environmental impact of electricity generation; energy storage technologies; direct and indirect energy conversion; overview of the world and Australian energy production and consumption; the future energy scenarios.

Objectives

To understand: the principles of energy conversion technologies, the environmental problems associated with these technologies, alternative energy technologies the environmental benefits of these technologies, engineering and economical aspects of alternative energies.

Assessment

Examination: (3 hours) 70%
Continuous assessment: 30%. Students must achieve a mark of 45% in each of these two components to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Gavin Mudd

Contact hours

3 hours lectures and 3 hours laboratory and practice classes, and 6 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

Must have passed 72 credit points

Prohibitions

ECE3051, ECE3502, ECE4053, ECE4503


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)G Codner/E Quah

Synopsis

This unit considers international agreements in the air environment and links them to sustainability. Sources of air pollution are considered, together with the effects on humans and the environment, current levels of air pollution as well as air quality standards. This leads to consideration of atmospheric stability conditions and an explanation of how air pollution moves in the atmosphere and related plume behaviour which is important for an understanding of point and a real dispersion modelling of pollutants. Air pollution control strategies, factors important in control equipment selection and design of overall control schemes are covered relating to both particulates and gases.

Objectives

On completion of this unit it is anticipated that students will be able to:
Understand what international protocols exist, their content, and how they relate to sustainability issues
Identify major sources of air pollution and be able to explain their impact on human health, vegetation, structures, aesthetics etc
Understand and explain the various atmospheric stability conditions and how they relate to different plume behaviour and dispersion of particulate and gaseous discharges
Understand processes and technologies available to reduce or eliminate the adverse consequences of gaseous discharges.
Calculate the atmospheric dispersion of discharges from both point and areal sources of air pollution
Describe the factors important in control equipment selection.
Design overall control schemes demonstrating an understanding of the complete process
Design of Particulate control systems including cyclone separators, electrostatic precipitators, filters and wet scrubbers.
Design of gaseous control. Systems including Incineration and gas/solid adsorption for VOC control and gas scrubbers for removal of non-condensable components.

Assessment

Assignments and field trip reports: 40%
Examination (3 hours): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Gavin Mudd

Contact hours

3 hours lectures, 2 hours practice and computer classes and 7 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

CHE2162

Prohibitions

ENE3604


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)G M Mudd/A Hoadley

Synopsis

This unit aims to develop an understanding of the role and basis for environmental impact assessment (EIA) and environmental management systems (EMS). The unit focuses on the processes involved in producing an EIA or EMS, with a particular emphasis on synthesizing technical, regulatory and community issues. The unit aims to encourage students to integrate their existing knowledge in environmental engineering, applying it to real projects. Through lectures, practice classes, individual assignments and group project work, students should develop skills and knowledge in preparing major EIA and EMS reports, their presentation and communication as well as their engineering context.

Objectives

The role of engineering in sustainable development; role of environmental impact assessment and environmental management systems in society; knowledge of relevant environmental legislation, policies, industry codes of practice and Australian or international standards; government, industry and community perspectives on engineering projects; key concepts of life cycle analysis, environmental auditing, waste prevention, cleaner production, community consultation, economic analysis, in engineering projects; types of environmental impact assessment and environmental management system methodologies; major report writing, team work and oral presentation skills; research skills; skills in synthesising environmental information.

Assessment

Assignments: 65%
Examination (3 hours): 35%. Students must pass both examination and assignment components

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Gavin Mudd

Contact hours

2 hours lectures, 2 hours practice classes and 8 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

Must have passed 72 credit points

Prohibitions

CIV3201, ENE3602, ENE3603


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedNot offered in 2010
Coordinator(s)G P Codner

Synopsis

Students will work in groups (with CIV4212 students) to carry out a design for a specified development which will include policy, economic, environmental, social and technical aspects. The design will vary from year to year. The design problem will be that used in CIV4212, however, greater attention will need to be paid to sustainability issues than would be expected for the civil engineering students.

Assessment

Written and oral design submission and interview of individual students: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Gavin Mudd

Contact hours

39 contact hours

Prerequisites

144 credit points, ENE3608 and CIV3264


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)G P Codner, G Mudd

Synopsis

Each student will be required to select a project from a number of topics offered, or develop their own topic if a suitable supervisor is available. The project outcomes are to be summarised in a major report and in a brief oral presentation.

Assessment

Practical work (written project proposal, final report on practical work, seminar presentation): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Gavin Mudd

Contact hours

12 hours per week

Prerequisites

Completion of 120 credit points


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2010 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit will allow a student to complete a major research project in the field of environmental engineering (continued from ENE4603).

Assessment

Practical work (written proposal, preliminary and final project reports, oral presentation): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Gavin Mudd

Contact hours

12 hours per week

Prerequisites

ENE4603, must have passed 120 points and have a weighted average of 65% or above. Enrolment is by approval of the Course Director only.


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)G Mudd

Synopsis

This unit aims to synthesize the various components of the Environmental Engineering degree, enabling development of a comprehensive approach to identifying, assessing and planning management approaches to the array of environmental risks associated with engineering. A critical aspect of this unit will be class discussions, where participation in broad ranging debate will be actively encouraged for all students. Communication skills are critical for environmental issues in engineering, as there are commonly differences of opinion with regards to environmental risks as well as their respective solutions. This unit seeks to unify environmental risk assessment in an engineering context.

Objectives

Re-enforce the role of engineering in sustainable development; understanding of the role of environmental risk assessment in society; knowledge of relevant environmental legislation, policies, industry codes of practice and Australian or international standards; understanding of government, industry and community perspectives on the perceived and actual environmental risks of engineering projects; understanding of key concepts of fault and decision tree analyses; understanding of risk communication; knowledge of relevant occupational health and safety risks; knowledge of environmental toxicology and basis for incorporating into risk assessments; improved critical thinking and analysis skills; application of knowledge of formal risk assessment systems to engineering projects; ability to develop a HAZOP study for a particular project or process; improved major report writing skills; improved oral presentation and verbal communication skills; research skills to find relevant engineering, environmental and other information; improved skills in synthesizing broad-ranging environmental information

Assessment

Class participation: 10%
Projects: 50%
Final Exam (3 hours): 40%. Students must pass both the continuous assessment and the examination to pass the unit.

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Gavin Mudd

Contact hours

2 hours lectures, 2 hours practice classes and 8 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

Must have passed 120 points

Prohibitions

ENE4601


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)B Ladewig/C Selomulya (Clayton); Chai Siang Piao (Sunway)

Synopsis

A systematic approach to solving a wide variety of engineering problems involving the use of mass and energy balances. Simple models for the sizing of equipment involved in chemical reaction, heat transfer and fluid flow operations. Application of these principles to selected engineering processes such as power generation, beer brewing and refrigeration.

Objectives

The student is expected to: Knowledge and Understanding

  1. appreciate the importance of mass and energy balance, heat transfer and fluid flow in engineering especially the process industry;
  2. understand the various terms in the General Balance Equation when applied to total mass, component mass and total energy
  3. appreciate the importance of the dimensional homogeneity of equations
  4. understand the usefulness of analogies Skills
  5. apply mass and energy balances to engineering situations which include steady flow processes with and without reaction
  6. solve complex problems using the computer simulation package - HYSYS.
  7. work in a team;
  8. apply knowledge to practical problems;
  9. communicate concisely and accurately in writing;
  10. plan and conduct experiments. Attitudes
  11. use the following procedures: check dimensional consistency of any expression used check the order of magnitude of any calculated result check the validity of major assumptions once calculations are completed
  12. recognise applications in the student's area of interest
  13. have the confidence to approach complex problems using the tools and techniques developed.

Assessment

Inidividual test and group project works: 50%
Examination (2 hours): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Paul Webley

Contact hours

2 hours lectures, 4 hours problem solving sessions and 6 hours of private study per week

Prohibitions

ENG1101


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr B Wong; Dr M Bambach; Dr J Chiang (M'sia)

Synopsis

This unit aims to develop an understanding of the context and terminology related to engineering structures. It will allow students to translate real world forces into abstract form for engineering modelling. The unit aims to develop an understanding of the fundamentals of engineering statics and their application to trusses and beams through design. Knowledge of various construction materials is developed to allow material choice for truss and beam design. Design of beams continues the theme of engineering statics through introduction to shear forces, bending moments and stress, and deflection.

Objectives

At the completion of this unit students will have the following knowledge and understanding:

  1. understanding of the role of stress and structures in modern society
  2. appreciation of different structural forms and modelling of structures
  3. understanding of fundamentals of engineering statics through design of trusses and beams
  4. knowledge and skills to translate real world forces into abstract form for engineering modelling
  5. understanding of loads and load paths
  6. knowledge of different construction materials for truss and beam design

Skills to

  1. perform simple calculations to estimate forces
  2. calculate reactions
  3. determine forces in trusses
  4. determine axial stress and deformation in trusses
  5. determine moments and shear forces in beams
  6. determine bending stress in beams
  7. calculate beam deflections
  8. calculate geometric properties of a cross section
  9. complete tasks as part of a team
  10. improve oral and written communication skills

Attitudes
  1. appreciation of the role of engineers in society
  2. confidence in identifying new engineering problems and formulating original solutions.

Assessment

Assessment Projects: 30%
Individual tests 30%
Closed book exam (3 hours): 40%. Students are required to pass both the continuous assessment and exam components to gain a pass in this unit.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Xiao-Ling Zhao

Contact hours

3 hours lectures, 2 hours practice classes and seven hours of private study per week.

Prohibitions

ENG1201


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)J Armstrong (Clayton); V Kalavally (Msia)

Synopsis

Introduction to electrostatics: electric charge, forces and fields, electric potential, emf, application in capacitors, energy and information storage. dielectrics, polarisation, electrical breakdown. Magnetic fields, current and current loops in magnetic field. force on charges, engineering applications solenoid. Electromagnetic induction. inductance. Engineering applications: transformer. Electric Motor. Energy stored in magnetic field. Ohm's Law, Kirchhoffs Laws. Mesh and vodal analysis. Circuit theorems, superposition. DC and AC networks, AC power systems. Ideal op amp circuits, applications in instrumentation. Logic, boolean algebra. Digital arithmetic, combinatorial logic circuit.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit, a student will be able to:

  1. understand and analyse electrostatic forces, fields, potentials and emfs in simple electric charge configurations and apply these to capacitors, electronic devices and other applications.
  2. understand how magnetic fields are related to currents, and how emfs are generated by magnetic induction, and apply these in instruments, motors, transformers, power generation and transmission
  3. use and analyse DC and AC circuits with the appropriate methods, including phasor and forced response
  4. understand the basic principles of the operational amplifier, as part of a general electronic instrument
  5. apply digital logic in simple circuits
  6. make reliable measurements using electrical meters, oscilloscopes and other electronic instruments, analyse data, and interpret observations
  7. communicate and discuss concepts, measurements and applications related to electrical engineering.

The unit also aims to:
  1. improve oral and written communication skills
  2. develop skills in completing tasks as part of a team
  3. develop confidence in solving new engineering problems.

Assessment

Laboratory/Tests 30%
Examination 70% (3 hours). Students must achieve at least 45% in both the continued assessment and examination components to pass the unit.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Arthur Lowery

Contact hours

3 hours of lectures, 3 hours of laboratory/practice classes and 6 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

VCE Physics 3/4 or ENG1080 or PHS1080

Co-requisites

ENG1091 or MTH1030

Prohibitions

ENG1301, ENG1803


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)G Sheard, K Ryan and K Liow (M'sia)

Synopsis

Dimension, units and error estimates. Kinematics of particles and rigid bodies. Free body diagrams The concept of work, energy and power Forces and torques applied to rigid bodies undergoing translation or rotation The relevance of these to some common engineering mechanisms. Free and damped vibration and engineering applications. Kinematics of gears and geared systems including compound epicyclic gears. Friction, and the kinetics of belts and belt drives.

Objectives

The student is expected to:



Knowledge and Understanding



  1. Understand the importance of presentation of engineering results in relevant units and significant figures

  1. Understand the fundamentals of kinematics and kinetics of particles and rigid bodies

  1. Apply these principles to solving engineering problems involving:

  • Simple vibrating systems of masses, springs and dampers

  • Analysis of simple engineering mechanisms

  • Kinematics and power transmission capability of gears and belts

Skills

  1. Express engineering solutions in a realistic and logical format using the appropriate units, dimensions and accuracy

  1. Appropriate use of free body diagrams as part of the overall solution

  1. Appreciation of the differences between kinematics and kinetics

  1. Applying these skills to solve engineering mechanics problems.

Attitudes

  1. Check the consistency of the units and dimensions used in the solution

  1. Create large and well defined free body diagrams with the appropriate coordinate system

  1. Ability to relate kinematics and kinetics in solving engineering mechanics problem.

Assessment

Mid-semester test: 10%
Laboratory/problem solving: 10%
Design, build and test project: 10%
Final examination (3 hours): 70%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Mark Thompson

Contact hours

3 hours lectures, 2 hours of problem solving/laboratory and build and test design projects and 7 hours private study per week

Prerequisites

VCE Physics 3/4 or ENG1080 recommended

Prohibitions

ENG1401


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr J S Forsythe (Clayton); Dr Venugopal (M'sia)

Synopsis

Key concepts in the design, selection and application of materials. Attributes such as stiffness (modulus), strength, toughness, chemical stability, electrical, magnetic, and thermal properties will be explained in terms of atomic bonding, crystal defects, polycrystalline microstructure and material flaws. Case studies will include a broad range of materials such as carbon nano tubes, microchips, reinforced concrete, biomaterials, suspension bridge, and aerospace components, all used in a diverse range of engineering applications.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. appreciate the influence of atomic structure, bonding and nano/microstructures have on some physical properties

  1. have an understanding of different materials responses to forces and stresses

  1. have an understanding of the basic mechanical properties, principally elastic modulus and yield stress, and be able to use these as design criteria

  1. be familiar with processes occurring during plastic deformation and to draw upon these concepts in order to know how to strengthen the material

  1. know how to tailor the mechanical properties of a polymeric material using control over crystallinity and the glass transition

  1. understand the role of composite materials in engineering, and their responses to applied stresses

  1. understand the processes involved during fracture and have a broad understanding of how fracture can be avoided by appropriate selection of materials and design

  1. have a basic understanding of the thermal, electrical and magnetic properties of materials in terms of the atomic and electronic characteristics of materials and to use these criteria for material selection

  1. understand the processes of corrosion and degradation in the environment and to draw upon these to increase the lifetime through appropriate protection and material selection

  1. be able to select an appropriate material for a given application based on the above points

  1. appreciate the socio-political and sustainability issues influencing material selection, commonly experienced as a professional engineer

  1. have become familiar with the resources of a library for acquiring information of specific interest to a materials engineer

  1. have gained basic laboratory skills applied to study the microstructure and physical properties of materials;

  1. have an ability to communicate within a team in carrying out laboratory work

  1. have an ability to keep accurate laboratory records and to prepare a formal report on an experiment.

Assessment

Examination (2 hours): 50%
Laboratory work: 20%
Assignments: 10%
Tests: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor George Simon

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lecture/practice classes, one 2-hour laboratory class and 7 hours private study per week

Prohibitions

ENG1501, MSC1010


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Wai Ho Li (Clayton); Khoo Boon How (M'sia)

Synopsis

General rules for software development and design. Errors. Data types, variables, expressions, control statements M-files. Numerical techniques: Gauss elimination, solution of non-linear equations, optimisation, curve fitting, numerical calculus, ordinary differential equations.

Objectives

  1. To develop an understanding of commonly used numerical methods for solving engineering problems; the ability to appropriately apply numerical methods to engineering problems and to know some of the limitations of such methods

  1. To develop structured problem solving techniques and to develop a knowledge of programming concepts and the ability to write simple programs.

Assessment

Written examination (3 hours): 70%
Continuous assessment: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Gary Codner

Contact hours

2 hrs lectures, 2 hrs laboratory, 1 hr practice classes and 7 hrs private study, per week

Co-requisites

ENG1091 or MTH1030

Prohibitions

ENG1602


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)G P Codner (Clayton); M Thomas (M'sia)

Synopsis

Introduction to engineering, the role of engineers and the engineering decision-making process. The Unit covers the economic, environmental, social and ethical aspects of engineering. Particular aspects relate to the systems approach to engineering problems; sustainable development and the environment; lifecycle concepts, safety, management, quality, economic analysis; engineering ethics, report writing, oral presentations, drawing and teamwork.

Objectives

The student is expected to:

  • develop vision and understanding of the scope of engineering, including emphasis on its breadth, interactions and linkages with other disciplines

  • understand of the role of the engineer in society, including environmental issues

  • understand of the concepts of engineering ethics

  • understand of group processes, group roles and conflict resolution

  • develop systems thinking skills

  • develop communication skills, building an appreciation of the need for and value of verbal, written and visualisation communications in engineering. Included in this are the concepts of quality and standards in all communications.

  • develop knowledge of two or three engineering skills

  • demonstrate ability to operate computer based engineering design packages

  • increase motivation to study engineering and work towards an engineering career

  • develop an appreciation of the teamwork nature of engineering

  • develop an appreciation of the multidisciplinary nature of engineering

  • undertake work in a professional manner

Assessment

Group Projects: 40%
Individual assignments/tests: 13%
Presentations: 12%
Closed book exam (2 hours): 35%. Students are required to pass both the continuous assessment and exam components to gain a pass in this unit.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Gary Codner

Contact hours

3 hours lectures, 2 hours practice classes and seven hours of private study per week

Prohibitions

ENG1601


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)P Godfrey

Synopsis

This unit introduces the concepts of conservation of matter and energy, atomic theory and the principles of chemical bonding. Chemical reaction types, and the use of equations to describe these reactions, and their quantitative behaviour in both liquid and gaseous phases are introduced. The theories of acid/base and redox behaviour, and chemical equilibria are introduced. Key aspects of organic chemistry (organic compounds, nomenclature, functional groups and common reactions) will covered. The practical course introduces common techniques used in the chemical laboratory, and includes exercises that illustrate the theory component as well as laboratory OHSE issues.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Identify different chemical reaction types, and describe these with balanced chemical equations;

  1. Solve numerical problems involving stoichiometry, the gas laws, acid-base and other chemical equilibria;

  1. Explain the nature of various forms of matter in terms of atomic and chemical bonding theory;

  1. Name organic chemical species and recognize different types of organic chemical reactions;

  1. Perform basic manipulations and unit operations in the chemical laboratory;

  1. Determine errors and uncertainties in experimental measurements;

  1. Identify potential risks in the laboratory environment and apply realistic measures to control these.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 60%
Laboratory exercises: 20% Hurdle requirement: Laboratory course must be competed at PASS level)
Web based continuous assessment: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Peter Godfrey

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures, three hours of laboratory/practice class activity and six hours of individual study per week

Prohibitions

VCE Chemistry Units 3/4 (or equivalent), CHM1031, CHM1731, ENG1701


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)P Godfrey

Synopsis

Atomic theory of matter; chemical periodicity; ionic, covalent and metallic bonding; role of intermolecular forces in the behaviour of liquids and solids in relation the structure and properties of materials like liquid crystals, amorphous solids and polymers; Equilibria involving precipitation, acid-base, redox and electrochemical reactions and their role in acid rain and corrosion; Coordination chemistry and the nature and properties of the transition metals and their complexes. Practical exercises are illustrative of the theory component and provide experience in laboratory techniques and laboratory OHSE practices.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Explain the nature of matter in terms of atomic theory and to describe ionic, covalent and metallic bonding

  1. Solve numerical problems involving stoichiometric relationships, and acid-base, redox, and solubility equilibria

  1. Identify different types of intermolecular forces and to describe the influence of these on the nature and behaviour of liquids and solids

  1. Describe the structure and properties of materials such as liquid crystals, metals, ceramics, amorphous solids and polymers

  1. Explain the process of coordination, and to predict the shapes, and name coordination complexes.

  1. Perform common manipulations and unit operations in the chemical laboratory;

  1. Identify potential risks in the laboratory environment and apply realistic measures to control these.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 70%
Laboratory exercises: 20% Hurdle requirement: Laboratory course must be competed at PASS level)
Web based continuous assessment: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Peter Godfrey

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures/practice classes, two hours of laboratory activity and six hours of individual study per week

Prerequisites

VCE Chemistry Units 3/4 (or equivalent) or ENG1070

Prohibitions

CHM1022, ENG1702


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Andrew Smith

Synopsis

The unit introduces fundamental principles of physics of importance to engineering, and their applications. Topics include: Newtonian mechanics - forces, momentum, work and energy; torque and equilibrium; electricity - emf, Ohms Law, series and parallel resistors, power, capacitor and time constant; magnetism - force on currents and moving charges in magnetic fields, flux induced emf, DC motor and ideal transformer; basic wave properties, light and sound, superposition, standing waves; modern physics - photon model of light, wave model of particles, model of electrons in atom, emission and absorption of light; measurement, analysis, and written communication.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. recognise the basic principles of physics in simple situations relevant to engineering, and correctly apply them

  1. apply Newton's Laws, the work-energy theorem and conservation of energy and momentum to analyse cases of one-dimensional and uniform circular motion

  1. describe the propagation of transverse and longitudinal waves in terms of amplitude, frequency, wavelength, speed; describe and analyse the behaviour of reflected and refracted waves and standing waves in one dimension, for light and sound; explain the effects of diffraction and interference

  1. analyse simple DC circuits involving series and parallel resistors; properties of capacitor, and the RC series circuit; determine the force and the potential energy for charges; determine the force on currents in magnetic fields and induced emf as a result of changing magnetic flux.

  1. relate the photon properties of light to the photoelectric effect, use the wave properties of matter and de Broglie wavelength to explain behaviour of particles at the atomic scale

  1. make reliable measurements, estimate uncertainties, analyse, evaluate and interpret data in cases appropriate to engineering and related to the theory studied

  1. show an improved ability to work in teams, to discuss physics concepts and communicate measurements and applications related to engineering and developments in technologies

  1. approach new problems and find solutions on the basis of general principles, and evaluate the appropriateness of their proposed models or solutions.

Assessment

Test: 8%
Quizzes/Assignments: 7%
Practical work: 25%
Examination (3 hours): 60%.

Chief examiner(s)

Dr. Andrew Smith

Contact hours

3 hours lectures, 3 hours practical work and 6 hours private study per week

Prohibitions

BMS1031, ENG1801, PHS1031, PHS1080, PHS1617


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Andrew Smith; Dr Lan Boon Leong (M'sia)

Synopsis

This unit relates key principles of physics to engineering and technology, and shows how physics, including quantum and nano-science, creates useful new technologies. Energy, momentum and angular momentum: planetary orbits, rocket propulsion, precession, fly wheels. Oscillations and waves: resonance, transmission of energy; Doppler effect and speed measurement, polarization and stress models, diffraction and nano-structures, thin film interference and antireflecting film. Quantum Physics: Uncertainty Principle, wave functions, atomic force microscope; lasers, stimulated emission. The practical component develops measurement, analysis, and communication skills.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. identify the basic principles of physics in typical simple situations relevant to engineering, and correctly apply them

  1. apply energy and momentum methods to analyse motion of systems

  1. explain behaviours involving oscillations and waves and do appropriate analysis and calculations

  1. explain, and apply basic quantum principles to, situations which are relevant in engineering and technology contexts; do appropriate analysis and calculations

  1. demonstrate an ability to describe and explain advanced techniques used in relevant engineering or physics contexts

  1. make reliable measurements, estimate uncertainties, analyse, evaluate and interpret data in cases appropriate to engineering and related to the theory studied

  1. show an improved ability to work in teams and to communicate and discuss physics concepts, measurements and applications related to engineering and developments in technologies

  1. approach new problems and find solutions on the basis of general principles, and evaluate the appropriateness of their proposed models or solutions.

Assessment

Test: 8%
Quizzes/Assignments:10%
Practical work: 22%
Exam (3 hours): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr. David Mills

Contact hours

3 hours lectures, 3 hours practical work and 6 hours private study per week.

Prerequisites

Year 12 Physics or ENG1080 or ENG1801

Prohibitions

ENG1802, PHS1011


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)M Page

Synopsis

Functions and coordinate geometry: types of functions, composite functions, inverse functions, modelling of periodic phenomena with trigonometric functions. Complex numbers. Differentiation and integration: concepts and techniques, applications to related rate of change and optimization problems, areas, volume, and centre of mass. Vectors in two- and three-dimensional space, application to motion and kinematics.

Objectives

On completing this unit students will be able to demonstrate understanding of the characteristics of different types of functions and their graphs, composition of functions, and inverse functions; use trigonometric functions to model periodic behaviour; represent complex numbers in cartesian, polar and exponential forms, and on the complex plane; operate with complex numbers, including finding powers and complex roots of polynomials; demonstrate understanding of the concepts of limit, continuity, differentiable and integrable functions; use differentiation rules to find derivatives of implicit and explicit functions; apply differentiation techniques to related rates of change problems and optimization problems; use simple integration techniques to find definite and indefinite integrals, including integration by substitution and integration of rational functions; apply integration techniques to calculate areas, average values, volumes, centres of mass, moment, and work; perform operations with two- and three-dimensional vectors, interpret them geometrically, find vector resolutes, and apply them to motion of a particle; solve kinematics problems, and set up and solve problems involving Newton's laws of motion.

Assessment

Assignments and test: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%.

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Michael Page

Contact hours

3 hours lectures, one 2-hour practice class and 7 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

VCE Mathematical Methods 3/4

Prohibitions

ENG1901, MTH1020, MAT1055


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)C Hough, E Chu, Y O Tan (M'sia)

Synopsis

Vector algebra and geometry: equations of lines and planes. Linear algebra: matrix operations, systems of linear equations, eigenvalues and eigenvectors. Calculus: logarithmic differentiation, improper integrals, integration by parts. Sequences and series: convergence, power series, Taylor polynomials. Ordinary differential equations: first order, second order with constant coefficients, boundary value problems, systems of ODEs. Multivariable calculus: partial derivatives, directional derivatives, chain rule, maxima and minima.

Objectives

On completing this unit, students will be able to calculate cross products of vectors, and use vectors to represent lines and planes; perform matrix algebra; solve systems of linear equations and find eigenvalues and eigenvectors in simple cases; use hyperbolic functions; perform logarithmic differentiation; establish the convergence of improper integrals, and use further techniques of integration, including integration by parts; establish the convergence of numeric and power series, construct Taylor series and use Taylor polynomials to approximate functions; solve first order ordinary differential equations, including the techniques of exact integration, separable variables and integrating factor; and systems of ordinary differential equations; solve 2nd order linear differential equations with constant coefficients; set up differential equations with initial or boundary conditions to model simple engineering problems; calculate partial derivatives, use the grad vector to find directional derivatives, use chain rule, calculate small error using the total differential, and find maximum and minimum values of two-variable functions.

Assessment

Assignments and test: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Andrew Prentice (First semester)
Dr Eric Chu (Second semester)

Contact hours

3 hours lectures, 2 hours practice classes and 7 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

VCE Specialist Mathematics (or ENG1090 or equivalent)

Prohibitions

ENG1902, MTH1030, MAT1085


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)G Thouas

Synopsis

This unit provides an introduction to the fundamental concepts of biological engineering and its related disciplines. The importance of scale and complexity in biological structures, especially at the meso-, micro- and nano- scale is discussed. How biotechnology has evolved to solve biological problems is investigated. Case studies highlighting applications of biological engineering will be studied. The connection with other first year units will be explained by how biological processes are broken down into solvable problems using methods in mathematics, physics, chemistry and IT

Objectives

After completion of this unit, the student should be able to:

  1. understand the scope of biological engineering, including emphasis on its breadth, interactions and linkages with other disciplines
  2. understand the role of the biological engineer in society
  3. understand and apply the properties and functions of biomolecules, cells and tissues to simple problems
  4. apply the principles of biomechanics in relation to tissue engineering
  5. apply the principles of biological engineering to various ecosystem scenarios
  6. appreciate and apply the concept of biosafety in the workplace

Assessment

Assignments: 30%
Problem solving tasks: 20%
Examination: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Gary Codner

Contact hours

5 contact hours and 7 hours of private study per week


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Zhigang Ziao

Synopsis

Structural engineering analysis and design topics include trusses, beams, columns, calculation of reactions and deflections. Design of simple structures.

Objectives

As a project based unit, this unit should develop the student's knowledge and understanding. Understanding of the way in which civil engineers investigate and solve problems, including the need to understand the environment in which the problem is embedded. Knowledge of basic design. Knowledge of basic structural form and how structures carry load; static equilibrium; limit state concepts; truss analysis and stability; shear force and bending moment diagrams; buckling and serviceability; equilibrium and compatibility. Skills. Ability to acquire knowledge in the pursuit of solving engineering problems, ability to make critical observations of engineering problems and to successfully apply the acquired knowledge. Specific skills related to the analysis and design of simple structural elements. Communication skills, in both oral and written forms. Computer skills and knowledge of one structural analysis software package. Attitudes. Appreciation of the relevance of engineering knowledge to engineering practice. Confidence in the ability to tackle new engineering problems, particularly in the structural design environment, through the development of the above skills, knowledge and understanding.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 40%
Coursework: 60%
Students must pass both examination and coursework components

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Zhigang Xiao

Contact hours

24 lectures, 24 hours of practice classes and 3 hours site visits

Prohibitions

ENG1201


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedGippsland First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dushmanta Dutta

Synopsis

Introduction to engineering; the systems approach to engineering problems and their solutions; sustainable development, ecology and the environment; lifecycle concepts, safety, management, quality and economic analysis; engineering ethics. Group work, written reports and oral presentations.

Objectives

Knowledge/understanding

To provide students with a vision and understanding of the scope of engineering, including emphasis on its breadth and interactions and linkages with other disciplines

To introduce students to the role of the engineer in society, including environmental issues.

To introduce the concepts of engineering ethics.



Skills

To improve students' communications skills, building an appreciation of the need for and value of both verbal and written communications in engineering. Included in this are the concepts of quality and standards in all communications.



Attitudes

To increase students' motivation to study engineering and work towards an engineering career.

To develop an appreciation of the teamwork nature of engineering.

Assessment

Class work and assignments: 70%
Examination: 30%
Students must pass both examination and assignment components

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Dushmanta Dutta

Contact hours

24 lecture hours and 24 practice classes

Prohibitions

ENG1601


24 points, SCA Band 2, 0.500 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)

Synopsis

This is a dummy unit used to enrol students who have partially completed level one of the Bachelor of Engineering and have yet to be allocated to an engineering branch.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Gary Codner


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)T Lun, K T Lee (M'sia)

Synopsis

Multivariable calculus: double and triple integrals, parametric representation of lines and curves in three dimensional space, use of Cartesian, cylindrical and spherical coordinates, surface and volume integrals, the operations of the gradient, divergence and curl. Ordinary differential equations: solve systems of linear differential equations and the 2nd order Sturm-Liouville type problems. Partial differential equations: the technique of separation of variables and the application of this technique to the wave equation, the heat equation and Laplaces equation.

Objectives

On completing this unit, students will be able to represent curves parametrically solve line integrals on these curves; solve double and triple integrals in Cartesian, cylindrical and spherical coordinates; represent surfaces parametrically and solve flux integrals across these surfaces; perform the operations of the gradient, divergence and curl, use these operations in the solution of surface and volume integrals through the Divergence theorem and Stokes theorem; solve systems of simple ordinary differential equations; establish the eigenvalues of these systems; identify and solve 2nd order linear Sturm Liouville differential equations; represent a periodic function with a Fourier series and identify even and odd series expansions; solve elementary partial differential equations through the method of separation of variables; apply this technique to the wave equation, the heat equation and Laplaces equation; classify 2nd order linear partial differential equations as elliptic, parabolic or hyperbolic.

Assessment

Assignments and test: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Anthony Lun (First semester)
Dr Rosemary Mardling (Second semester)

Contact hours

3 hours of lectures, 2 hours practice classes and 7 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

ENG1091

Prohibitions

MAT2731, MAT2901, MAT2902, MAT2911, MAT2912, MAT2921, MAT2922, MTH2010, MTH2032


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)K. Hamza

Synopsis

Complex analysis: introduction to functions of complex variables and the manipulation, differentiation and integration of complex functions, line integrals in the complex plane. Integral transforms: introduction of Laplace transforms and their application to ordinary differential equations. Statistics: probability density function and distribution function of random variables, joint density function of multivariate random functions, expectation and confidence limits of random variables.

Objectives

On completing this unit, students will be able to manipulate elementary functions of complex variables (eg multiplication, division, root finding); manipulate exponential and trigonometric functions of complex variables; calculate derivatives and integrals of elementary functions of complex variables; calculate line integrals on the complex plane, apply Cauchy's integral theorem; employ simple Laplace transforms to solve ordinary differential equations; appreciate the representation of random variables through the distribution and density functions; calculate the expected value of a random variable; find the joint distribution of a multivariate random function; develop inference and confidence limites of random variables; calculate linear regression and correlations.

Assessment

Assignments and test: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Todd Oliynyk

Contact hours

3 hours lectures, 2 hours practice classes and 7 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

ENG1091

Prohibitions

MAT2731, MAT2901, MAT2903, MAT3901, MTH3021, STA1010


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedGippsland First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Zhigang Ziao

Synopsis

This unit covers the concepts of load and resistance, load factors and capacity factors, the design criterion for strength of structures, representation of loads on structures, the elastic response to applied loads of two dimensional framed structures, continuous beams and trusses, the concept of load path and equilibrium applied to framed structures, distinctions between braced and unbraced frames and their identification, flexural strength of beam cross-sections based upon idealised elastic-plastic material behaviour, up to ultimate strength, applied to steel beams of compact cross-section, flexural strength of beams based upon section capacity.

Objectives

Knowledge

The concepts of load and resistance, load factors and capacity factors, and the design criterion for strength of structures representation of loads on structures. The elastic response to applied loads of two dimensional framed structures, continuous beams and trusses.

The concept of load path and equilibrium applied to framed structures. Distinctions between braced and unbraced frames and their identification. Flexural strength of beams based upon section capacity, excluding lateral buckling. Flexural buckling and strength of pin ended columns, with application to symmetric compact section steel columns. Interaction of axial force and bending moment in the ultimate strength of steel beam columns.

Skills

Analyse statically determinate frames and pin-jointed trusses by method of sections (and joint equilibrium for trusses). Analyse braced and unbraced frames using software Spacegass or Microstran. Determine moment-curvature relationship up to collapse of steel beams of compact cross-section. Determine capacity envelope for interaction of axial force with bending moment in compact steel beams, with extensions to asymmetric cross-sections. Visualise bending moment and shear force diagrams, and load paths through structures. Set up structural layouts for rectangular framed buildings. Use simplified structural modelling for initial sizing of members. Determine the envelope of maximum load effects on structures.

Attitudes

Through an engineering project that is within the students' life experiences (ie design of a multi-storey carpark), students should see the relevance of the study of this unit to their future careers. They will develop confidence in the use of standard analysis methods and computer software. Students will further develop their group work and communication skills (particularly in report writing).

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 50%
Practical/project work: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Zhigang Xiao

Contact hours

48 contact hours

Prerequisites

ENG1210

Prohibitions

CIV2222


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Zhigang Ziao

Synopsis

Sustainable engineering design, concepts of strength and serviceability limit states, load and strength factors, basic framing concepts in buildings, estimation of loads, basic analysis of slabs, computer analysis of frames, specifications for durability and strength analysis of RC sections, design of slabs in flexure, design of beams in flexure, shear design of beams, bond, length of development and detailing of reinforcement, analysis of interaction of axial compression and bending, strength design of columns, basic concepts in concrete technology, preparation of concrete specifications; prescriptive and performance specifications, preparation of design drawings.

Objectives

The student is expected to acquire a basic knowledge and understanding of the methods and processes of structural engineering and the design of concrete structures.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 50%
Practical/project work: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Zhigang Xiao

Contact hours

24 lectures and 26 practice classes

Prerequisites

ENG1210

Prohibitions

CIV2223


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedGippsland First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dushmanta Dutta

Synopsis

Holistic view of water resources, systems concepts, Fluid properties, Fluid statics, Continuity, Energy concepts - pressure, elevation, velocity, Momentum concepts - jets, forces due to sudden velocity changes, Pipe flow and friction losses - friction equations, TEL, HGL, Bernoulli's equation, D-W equation, minor losses, Manning's equation, Sources of supply (regulated, unregulated, reliability), Data: types, sources, quality, Benefits/costs (at least at conceptual level), Pump characteristics, Pumped storage, balancing reservoir, Water quality, water treatment, water sensitive urban design.

Objectives

The student is expected to acquire a basic knowledge and understanding of the methods and processes of hydraulic engineering.

Assessment

Examination (2 hours): 50%
Practical/project work: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Dushmanta Dutta

Contact hours

2 hours lectures, 2 hours practice classes and 8 hours of private study per week


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedGippsland First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Jianfeng Xue

Synopsis

All aspects of geoengineering are considered at an elementary level, as well as basic engineering geology, formation and weathering processes, sedimentary, igneous and metamorphic rocks, the geotechnical spectrum - soil, rock, weathering, deposition cycle, basic soil and rock properties, void ratio, water content etc, and the two phase model. All materials are assumed to be granular and frictional. The unit includes the analysis and design of slopes, shallow and deep foundations, retaining walls, and pavements. Effective stresses only are used. Visualisation is developed through the mapping and modelling exercise. A clear emphasis on sustainable design will be made.

Objectives

The student is expected to acquire a basic knowledge and understanding of the methods and processes of geoengineering.

Assessment

Examination (2 hours) 50%
Practical/project work: 50%.

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Jianfeng Xue

Contact hours

24 lectures, 24 tutorial/workshop classes per semester

Prerequisites

ENG1210

Prohibitions

CIV2241


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dushmanta Dutta

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to fundamental hydrological and hydraulic theories in the practice of waterway engineering. The unit places particular emphasis on the fundamental basis for the estimation of catchment flow and open channel flow hydraulics. The unit will first introduce students to the hydrologic background for estimating floods in a number of situations. Instruction in open channel hydraulics will then permit the determination of the behaviour of the flood within a river channel and associated flood plains.

Objectives

Understand the hydrologic processes involved in flood estimation; principles involved in open channel flow; hydraulic principles and methods involved in estimating flood levels; and the fundamentals of risk analysis in relation to catchment flows and determining water levels in channels. Acquire skills to estimate catchment flows and determine the behaviour of flow in open channels, rivers and associated flood plains.

Assessment

Project: 50%
Closed book exam (3 hours): 50%. Students are expected to pass both the exam and the assignment work to gain a pass in the unit

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Dushmanta Dutta

Contact hours

24 lectures, 24 practice classes

Prohibitions

CIV2262


0 points, SCA Band 2, 0.000 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Off-campus Day)
Clayton Second semester 2010 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)G P Codner

Synopsis

This unit comprises full time work place experience in an engineering based organisation for one semester. Students will gain skills in relation to obtaining the position, application of engineering theory in the real world, and a better appreciation of the engineering profession, and will be more motivated on returning to study and better prepared to enter the work force on graduation.

Objectives

At the completion of the unit students are expected to have:

  1. developed better job application and interview skills
an appreciation of what engineering involves
  1. applied and further developed their engineering knowledge and skills in relation to their specific discipline
  2. developed greater motivation and enhanced learning ability and understanding on return to study
  3. developed work-readiness skills not possible through class room learning.

Assessment

Students will be expected to maintain a weekly journal where they should reflect on the progress they are making in their professional and personal development. A work place experience interim report must be submitted to the student's academic supervisor at the end of the semester. The report will contain a number of Engineers Australia competencies, which must be commented against in relation to the student's personal development and experience. The report is expected to be no more than 750 words in length. A brief oral presentation at the end of a student's work place experience. This will normally be at the end of ENG3002. Only students completing one semester of the program will give an oral presentation at the end of ENG3001.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Gary Codner

Off-campus attendance requirements

Full time employment

Prerequisites

Must have passed 96 credit points


0 points, SCA Band 2, 0.000 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Off-campus Day)
Clayton Second semester 2010 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)G P Codner

Synopsis

This unit comprises full time work place experience in an engineering based organisation for one semester. Students will gain skills in relation to application of engineering theory in the real world, and a better appreciation of the engineering profession, and will be more motivated on returning to study and better prepared to enter the work force on graduation.

Objectives

At the completion of the unit students are expected to have:

  1. an appreciation of what engineering involves
  2. applied and further developed their engineering knowledge and skills in relation to their specific discipline
  3. greater motivation and enhanced learning ability and understanding on return to study
  4. developed work-readiness skills not possible through class room learning.

Assessment

Students will be expected to maintain a weekly journal where they should reflect on the progress they are making in their professional and personal development. A work place experience final report must be submitted to the student's academic supervisor at the end of the semester. The report will contain a number of Engineers Australia stage two competencies, which must be commented against in relation to the student's personal development and experience. The report is expected to be no more than 750 words in length.
A brief oral presentation at the end of a student's work place experience.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Gary Codner

Off-campus attendance requirements

Full time employment

Prerequisites

Must have passed 96 credit points including ENG3001


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedGippsland First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Zhigang Ziao

Synopsis

Need for project management; the project management context; fundamental project management processes and knowledge; tools and techniques for a structured application to project selection and planning including project brief/ideation/concept embodiment decision support tools, numeric profitability and scoring techniques, and EMV/decision tree risk quantification tools; analytical tool application to project scope, time, cost, risk, human resource and quality issues.

Objectives

To understand the relationship between engineering skills and project management knowledge areas and the key concepts of scope, time, risk, human resources, quality and cost management; to acquire the ability to apply systematic selection and evaluation techniques to engineering projects; and to develop an appreciation of the economic, environmental and social consequences of engineering project decisions, in order to be able to be able confidently to approach the task of managing engineering projects in the real world.

Assessment

Progressive assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Zhigang Xiao

Contact hours

24 lectures, 24 practice classes

Prohibitions

CIV3205


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedNot offered in 2010
Coordinator(s)Jianfeng Xue

Synopsis

Geological processes, geological time scale, folding and faulting geological map interpretation, mineral types and influence on engineering properties, identification of soil and rock types and behaviour, site investigation techniques, geological history, stereographic projection, kinematic analysis of slopes, engineering uses of rock and soil, the stress-strain pore pressure response of soil and rock, failure criteria, stress paths, drained and undrained strengths, consolidation and creep settlements, earth pressures; and over-consolidated and normally consolidated behaviour, analysis and design of slopes, embankments, retaining walls, foundations and tunnels.

Objectives

To develop an understanding of the principles of basic geotechnical engineering and engineering geology and their application to the investigation, modelling, analysis and design of geoengineering structures.

Assessment

Design assignment: 60%
Examination (2 hours): 40%. Students must pass both assignment and examination components

Contact hours

24 lectures, 24 hours of design class or practicals, 8 hours of field trip per semester

Prerequisites

ENG2206

Prohibitions

CIV3247


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedGippsland First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Jianfeng Xue

Synopsis

Overview of concepts relating to groundwater resources and seepage, with emphasis on seepage containment in reservoirs, ponds, soil pollution and its avoidance, focusing on soil behaviour and its effect on seepage, groundwater percolation and migration of contaminant in the nearfield of waste containment facilities. Focus will also be on the function, design and construction of engineered soil barriers to prevent leakage from water reservoirs, ponds or to isolate different types of waste.

Objectives

To develop an understanding of the principles of environmental geoengineering and groundwater and their application to the analysis and design of surface impoundments and leachate ponds and to the design and construction of engineering soil barriers for controlling seepage and for water and waste isolation.

Assessment

Design assignment: 70%
Examination (2 hours): 30%. Students must pass both assignment and examination components

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Jianfeng Xue

Contact hours

24 lectures, 24 practice/project classes and 6 hours of laboratory or site visits

Prohibitions

CIV3248


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedNot offered in 2010
Coordinator(s)Dushmanta Dutta

Synopsis

Overview of the various water and wastewater systems in an urban environment, functions and modes of operation of urban water and wastewater systems and influence of climate variability on urban requirements in terms of supply of potable water and disposal of wastewater. Examination of the water supply system, stormwater management system, sewerage system and the interface between these systems.

Objectives

To understand elements of urban water and wastewater management systems - their functions, modes of operation, and design standards; To acquire necessary skills to undertake engineering investigation and design of each of these elements and to integrate them to form urban water and wastewater infrastructure to facilitate sustainable urban catchment development and water resource utilisation.

Assessment

Examination: 50%
Group Assignments: 50%

Contact hours

24 lectures, 24 practice classes per semester

Prerequisites

ENG2207

Prohibitions

CIV3264


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Jianfeng Xue

Synopsis

Road safety, traffic surveys, the hierarchy of roads (briefly), road network design, road capacity and level of service, traffic flow in residential streets, unsignalised intersection design, signalised intersection design for interface with arterial roads, pedestrian and bicycle facilities, planning and design for commercial vehicles, planning and design for public transport, local area traffic management, traffic impact analysis, land use planning process, environmental considerations and the application of advanced technology.

Objectives

The student is expected to acquire a basic knowledge and understanding of the methods and processes of transport and traffic engineering.

Assessment

Practical/project work: 50%
Examination (2 hours): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Jianfeng Xue

Contact hours

48 contact hours

Prohibitions

CIV2281


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)G Codner

Synopsis

This unit comprises a special study in a field of engineering with a content negotiated and agreed between a student and the faculty. The unit is offered as a vehicle to enable an excellent student to undertake studies that would otherwise not fit within the scope of a standard fourth level. The content of the study will vary from student to student. Where necessary, a safety audit and/or risk assessment will be conducted prior to the commencement of work. The student will be expected to prepare a proposal for the study and an analysis of any special requirements to ensure that the scope and expected outcomes of the study are manageable and agreed between the student and the supervisor.

Objectives

Expected outcomes:

  1. An understanding of the special area of study addressed
  2. An understanding of, and respect for, safety requirements.
  3. The ability to undertake self-directed study involving the gathering and application of information from a variety of sources and, where such information is not readily available, to design and perform tests to establish it
  4. The ability to make critical choices between approaches, methods and designs before committing to any one of them
  5. The skill to plan a self-directed study and allocate time successfully throughout the duration of the study
  6. The ability to make effective oral presentations and to write well structured and well documented reports.

Assessment

As agreed between the student and the supervisor; may include an initial safety audit/risk assessment, progress reports and a final written report and oral presentation.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Gary Codner

Contact hours

12 hours per week

Prerequisites

Completion of 144 credit points


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)G Codner

Synopsis

This unit, taken in addition to ENG4001, is an extension of a special study in a field of engineering with a content negotiated and agreed between a student and the faculty. The unit is offered as a vehicle to enable an excellent student to undertake studies that would otherwise not fit within the scope of a standard fourth level. Where necessary, a safety audit and/or risk assessment will be conducted prior to the commencement of work. The student will be expected to prepare a proposal for the study and an analysis of any special requirements to ensure that the scope and expected outcomes of the study are manageable and agreed between the student and the supervisor.

Objectives

Expected outcomes:

  1. An understanding of the special area of study addressed
  2. An understanding of, and respect for, safety requirements.
  3. The ability to undertake self-directed study involving the gathering and application of information from a variety of sources and, where such information is not readily available, to design and perform tests to establish it
  4. The ability to make critical choices between approaches, methods and designs before committing to any one of them
  5. The skill to plan a self-directed study and allocate time successfully throughout the duration of the study
  6. The ability to make effective oral presentations and to write well structured and well documented reports.

Assessment

As agreed between the student and the supervisor; may include an initial safety audit/risk assessment, progress reports and a final written report and oral presentation.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Gary Codner

Contact hours

12 hours per week

Prerequisites

ENG4001


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Jianfeng Xue

Synopsis

Students will undertake an investigation into civil and environmental engineering problems. The projects will be industry-related. However, university-based projects may be acceptable. The students are expected to use various kinds of study (eg laboratory work, field studies and literature survey) as required. Teamwork is highly encouraged in the project.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students should:

  1. be able to develop a project brief

working independently but under staff supervision

  1. be able to plan and execute a project

  1. be able to document the findings in the form of a formal report

  1. be able to present their findings orally.

Assessment

Project: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Dushmanta Dutta

Contact hours

12 hours per week

Prerequisites

Completion of 120 points


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedGippsland First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dushmanta Dutta

Synopsis

To carry out the design for a specified civil engineering development. The design project will vary from year to year but will include aspects of structural, water, geomechanics and transport design.

Objectives

The objective of this unit is to provide students with the experience of carrying out a significant civil and environmental engineering project under conditions roughly equivalent to those experienced by a new graduate in an engineering office. The project will be drawn from industry, and will be multi disciplinary involving application of materials learnt throughout the undergraduate program.

Assessment

Examination: 30%
Assignments: 70%. Students must pass both assignment and examination components to pass the unit.

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Dushmanta Dutta

Contact hours

2 hours lectures, 1 hour workshop/practice class and 8 hours of private study/group work per week. An additional 8 hours of field trip over the semester.

Prerequisites

Completion of 120 credit points including: ENG2202 (or ENG2203), ENG3202, ENG3204, ENG3205, ENV3737


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedNot offered in 2010
Coordinator(s)Dushmanta Dutta

Synopsis

Introduction to typical issues related to catchment/stream complexes; rural and urban land uses and their potential water quantity and quality impacts. Basic principles of water quantity modelling and use of industry standard computer models. Water quality management options including improved land management, water demand management, planning frameworks, and environmental and social aspects. Environmental and social aspects will be covered.

Assessment

Project: 50%
Examination: 50%

Contact hours

2 hours lectures, 2 hours practice classes and 8 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

ENG3204

Prohibitions

CIV4268


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)P Walker

Synopsis

Introduce fundamentals and role of road engineering theory and practice. Examine a number of issues related to the planning, design and construction of roads, including; road planning, the road traffic environment, design parameters, design form, road geometric design, pavement design and rehabilitation, geotechnical issues related to pavement performance, pavement drainage, road construction and road environmental safety.

Objectives

To develop the knowledge, skills and attitudes associated with best practice road engineering.

Assessment

Assignments: 50%
Examination: 50%. Students must pass both components to achieve a pass in the unit.

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Dushmanta Dutta

Contact hours

2 hours lectures, 2 hours practice/computer classes and 6 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

ENG3205

Prohibitions

CIV3283


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Departmental level 4 coordinators and R Bowering, Faculty of Education

Synopsis

This unit may be taken as a level-four engineering elective in any department subject to their approval. Working with a suitably matched school (technology) class and teacher, the student will participate as a volunteer helper; respond constructively to the needs of both teacher and pupils, who are regarded as clients; re-examine relevant aspects of professional knowledge that are within the parameters of the client's needs; practice spoken, written and graphic communication skills; and practise the interpersonal and management skills associated with the placement.

Assessment

Reports, seminar presentation and client feedback: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Gary Codner

Prerequisites

Level 4 core units


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)A Fouras

Synopsis

Introduction to biomedical engineering from the perspective of engineering based technologies of sensing and imaging. Topics include: basis of light and radiation, principles of synchrotron operation, practical study at the Australian synchrotron, human physiology for engineers, principles of detection and sensing of signals, biomedically relevant properties and phenomena.

The unit begins with an intensive lecture series culminating in a mid-semester examination. During this time project teams are formed and project proposals are developed. Project work continues with groups and individuals combining projects, allocated resources, knowledge and skills to develop a biomedical imaging device. The unit culminates in a test of this biomedical device at the Australian synchrotron.

Objectives

To instill:

  • understanding of the basic physics of light and radiation
  • working knowledge of synchrotrons
  • familiarity with the basic human physiological systems
  • an understanding of the physics and principles in the detection of radiation (including visible and X-ray light) and biomedical data

To develop:
  • project management skills in a technically complex environment
  • the ability to independently conduct study that supports knowledge and skills gained in coursework
  • the ability to apply knowledge and skills learned in coursework and independent study for the design of biomedical imgaing and sensing devices

Assessment

20% mid-semester Exam; 80% Project (student must pass both assessments to pass the subject)

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Gary Codner

Contact hours

Weeks 1-6: 4 hours lectures, 1 hour tutorials and 6 hours of private study
Weeks 7-12: 2 hours practical, 3 hours tutorials and 6 hours private study

Prerequisites

Completion of 144 credit points


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedNot offered in 2010
Coordinator(s)John Arkinstall

Synopsis

This unit introduces the modelling of environmental systems, through conceptual models showing linkages of variables, and full mathematical models. Using discrete and continuous models of biological, chemical and physical processes, the ecology and physical behaviour of environmental systems is represented by models with analytic or numerical solutions. A range of mathematical methods including: analytic and approximate methods (through spreadsheets) for ordinary differential equations, Fourier series solutions for partial differential equations, matrix models and simple difference equations; elementary systems analysis; are used to explore models, and their use in depicting the behaviour of simple physical systems.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will be able to produce a concise conceptual map of an environmental system, as an aid in formulating a mathematical model representing the system; be able to formulate conceptual and mathematical models in ecological, environmental and physical contexts; be able to examine a simple mathematical model of an environmental system, in order to describe its assumptions and to investigate and interpret its predictions; be familiar with several types of models such as: mass balance, input-output, multi-compartment, equilibrium, competition models; illustrated by specific models representing physical and ecological phenomena such as rainfall, evapotranspiration, energy cycles, population growth , chemical reactions, air and plume flow, spatial variability, oscillation, feedback etc; be able to manipulate and solve a variety of simple mathematical models of environmental systems; be able to use spreadsheets and other appropriate software to implement and investigate the solutions of several types of models; be able to apply the following techniques to environmental models: analytic solution of simple 1st and 2nd order ordinary differential equations; solving the one dimensional heat and wave equations, solving analytically linear difference equations in one variable, and linear matrix/vector evolution equations

Assessment

Assignments: 40%
Examination (3 hours): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr John Arkinstall

Contact hours

3 hours of lectures, 2 hours of tutorials/PC laboratories and 7 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

MTH1085 or equivalent, ENV1711


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedNot offered in 2010
Coordinator(s)P J Gregory

Synopsis

Introduction to the productive enterprise and the contribution of industrial engineering towards a more effective and competitive work environment. Productivity measurement and factors affecting productivity improvement. Work measurement, computerised time standards, work sampling, time study, methods of analysis and design. Manufacturing processes; design for manufacture; material selection; analysis of a pump body -its dissection and assembly. Principles of motion economy. Process charting and value stream mapping; factors affecting lean manufacturing. Quality and organizational culture; job design and evaluation; Simulating and analysing work measurement data.

Objectives

To develop an understanding of the productive enterprise, and the contributions of the industrial engineer to create a more productive and competitive enterprise

To understand the concept of productivity, its measurement and the factors influencing productivity improvement

To be able to carry out basic work measurement and time standards procedures

To be able to describe a number of manufacturing processes used in manufacturing products, and to have an appreciation of the scope of manufacturing in Victoria

To assess work practices and work design using value stream mapping, work measurement, time studies, and charting techniques

To examine the nature and quality of work as they relate to job design

To model, simulate and analyse work measurement data for decision making in the areas of lean manufacturing and productivity measurement

To develop written and oral presentation skills.

Assessment

Assignments and tests: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Contact hours

3 hours of lectures, 3 hours of problem solving/laboratory classes and 6 hours of private study per week

Prohibitions

IND2311


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)J Hinwood

Synopsis

This unit provides the discipline basis for applications in energy, heat transfer, power and motive force where fluids are involved. These disciplines are central to mechanical engineering and, as a consequence, are essential knowledge for engineers whose designs usually have mechanical elements. They provide the basis for the use of hydraulic and pneumatic power as motive forces, which also form an important part of the unit content.

Objectives

To understand the concepts of thermo-fluid properties, systems and control volumes. To analyse thermodynamic and heat transfer processes. To be able to calculate pressures and fluid forces in static fluids or those in rigid body motion. To be able calculate velocities and pressures in one-dimensional fluid flow systems, including pipes, pumps, valves and other fittings. To be able to identify, analyse and design the elements of fluid and pneumatic control systems.

Assessment

Tests and assignments 30%
Examination (3 hours) 70%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Mark Thompson

Contact hours

3 hours of lectures, 3 hours of problem solving classes or laboratories and 6 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

ENG2091

Prohibitions

MEC2404, MEC2405, MEC2480, TRC2200


4 points, SCA Band 2, 0.0833333 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)D Kennedy

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Mark Thompson


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)P Gregory

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Mark Thompson


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)R D Kennedy

Synopsis

Linear programming (LP) problem formulation, graphical solution. LP solution algorithms; simplex, big M and 2-phase methods. LP post optimality analysis. Problems of degeneracy. Solution via computer package. The assignment and transportation problems. Network analysis. Shortest path. Minimal spanning tree. Maximal flow; Decision theory. Decision tree. Bayes theorem and its application in decision models. Two-person zero sum game theory. Dynamic programming: problem formulation: Use of multistage decision processes. Taguchi approach to quality. Design of experiments and reporting of results.

Assessment

Assignment: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Mark Thompson

Contact hours

36 lecture hours and 24 hours laboratory/practice classes per semester

Prerequisites

Must have passed 72 credit points including IND2400 (or IND2311) and IND2401 (or IND1332 or IND2332)


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)P J Gregory

Synopsis

Introduction to financial planning and control: structure and content of financial statements: accounting and costing terminology: cost volume profit analysis: budgeting, product costing, cost control: time value of money: discounted cash flow, payback and accounting rate of return methods for project evaluation: cost of capital, depreciation and taxation issues: capital budgeting; project analysis under certainty and under risk; working capital management: financial and non-financial indicators to monitor organisational performance and productivity improvement: application to projects incorporating methods engineering and facilities design improvements.

Assessment

Assignments: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Mark Thompson

Contact hours

36 lectures and 24 hours laboratory/practice classes per semester

Prerequisites

Must have passed 72 credit points including IND2400 (or IND2311) and IND2401 (or IND1332 or IND2332)

Prohibitions

IND3722, IND4722


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)F McClure/P Wellington/Milan/Adrian

Synopsis

Design of products including design methodology, manufacturing processes for metals, polymers and other materials, design for manufacturing and assembly, design for integrity and fitness for purpose. The use of an Australian or international standard, use of design software tools namely 3D modelling, assembly, motion, and stress analysis. The products for design and the manufacturing processes to be studied will be chosen to integrate engineering knowledge and skills incorporating the key learning objectives of the unit. The unit includes significant use of group work and design projects as key learning methods.

Assessment

Individual assessment/tests: 10%
Design assignments: 60%
Examination (2 hours): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Mark Thompson

Contact hours

3 hours lectures, 2 hours practice classes and 7 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

MEC2402 and MEC2406 (or MEC2420 and MEC2450)

Prohibitions

MEC3403


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)P Wellington

Synopsis

Using a problem based learning approach, students will work in syndicates with Industrial Design, Marketing and Accounting students to address a real industrial problem. Emphasis will be on developing interpersonal and electronic communication, project management, problem structuring and solving skills.

Assessment

Continuous: 50%
Peer moderated group reporting: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Mark Thompson

Contact hours

12 hours lectures, 12 hours formal meeting

Prohibitions

MKF3631, DES4201, AFX3011, IND3322


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)B Chen

Synopsis

This unit introduces the definitions and strategies of facilities planning and its relationship with business activities. Plant layout and flow analysis techniques, takt time, route sheets, operations, assembly charts and line-balancing are examined. Space requirements and evaluation of layouts, quantitative methods for determining warehouse capacity, packaging, shipping quantities and computer-aided layout follow. Materials handling, equipment, warehousing, ergonomics and human anthropometry, task analysis and physiology are introduced. Case studies on implementing and integrating facilities planning with process improvement systems such as lean production, JIT and TQM complete the unit.

Assessment

Assignments: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Mark Thompson

Contact hours

6 hours contact time (usually 3 hours lectures and 3 hours practice sessions or laboratories) and 6 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

Must have passed 72 credit points including IND2400 (or IND2311) and IND2401 (or IND1332 or IND2332)


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)P J Gregory, R Ibrahim

Synopsis

Principles/imperatives of TQM; customer based strategies, organisational culture, change process; quality accreditation, assessment of quality; benchmarking and business process re-engineering; designing high-performance work systems; value stream mapping. Tools of quality; population and samples, summary statistics, point and interval estimation, control charting, capability studies; acceptance sampling. Probability modelling; properties of distributions; tests for normality. Hypothesis testing. Tolerance limits, distribution free tolerance limits. Quality assurance, in-process control, plant maintenance and field performance monitoring programs.

Assessment

Assignments: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Mark Thompson

Contact hours

6 hours contact time (usually 3 hours lectures and 3 hours practice sessions or laboratories) and 6 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

Must have passed 72 credit points including IND2400 (or IND2311) and IND2401 (or IND1332 or IND2332)

Prohibitions

IND3312


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)V Stamatov, Z Liu

Synopsis

Information systems, database, data management systems; hierarchical, network, relational models and object oriented databases. Navigating, querying and working with databases. Database design and management. Creating databases, customised forms, tables and reports. Data analysis and applications with macros. Integration of databases with engineering and business applications. Programming with Microsoft Access. Data object classes, error handling and addition of graphics. Data security and quality. Web-enabled systems design and client/server architecture for database systems. Large scale databases and data warehouses. SQL as a standard for database querying.

Assessment

Assignments: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Mark Thompson

Contact hours

6 hours contact time (usually 3 hours lectures and 3 hours practice sessions or laboratories)and 6 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

Must have passed 72 credit points including ENG1060


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)B Chen

Synopsis

Topics covered include information systems. Database, data management systems; hierarchical, network, relational models and object oriented databases. Navigating, querying and working with databases. Database design and management. Creating databases, customised forms, tables and reports. Data analysis and applications with macros. Integration of databases with engineering and business applications. Programming with MS Access. Data object classes, error handling and addition of graphics.

Assessment

Assignments: 50%
Examination (3 hours): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Mark Thompson

Contact hours

6 hours contact time (usually 3 hours lectures and 3 hours practice sessions or laboratories) and 6 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

Must have passed 72 credit points including IND2400 (or IND2311) and IND2401 (or IND1332 or IND2332)


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)P Gregory

Synopsis

Normally a study based on local industry, but projects conducted experimentally or within the university are permitted. Individuals or pairs of student projects supervised by a member of staff. Industry based projects will also have an industry supervisor. The unit requires the preparation of an interim report, diaries, planning documents, poster and oral presentations at seminars.

Assessment

Reports and project thesis: 70%
In-course assessment: 30% (including diaries and oral presentations)

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Mark Thompson

Contact hours

4 lectures, 152 project hours

Prerequisites

Completion of 120 credit points

Co-requisites

At least one other level 4 IEEM unit


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)P Gregory

Synopsis

Normally conducted as an extension of IND4309. However, a topic change in the project may be permitted.

Assessment

Reports and project thesis: 70%
In-course assessment: 30% (including diaries and oral presentations)

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Mark Thompson

Contact hours

4 lectures, 152 project hours

Prerequisites

IND4309

Co-requisites

At least one other level 4 IE & EM unit


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)D Kennedy

Synopsis

Operational planning and control, demand forecasting, time series. Aggregate planning and master scheduling. MRP, MRPII inventory analysis, price quantity discounting, economic lot sizing, sequencing and scheduling, line balancing. JIT planning and control, production smoothing, process design, job standardisation, Kanban control. Operational performance measures, productivity and financial measures. Decision support systems, concepts and principles.

Assessment

Individual assessment including examination (3 hours): 70%
Group assignments: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Mark Thompson

Contact hours

22 lecture hours and 22 hours laboratory and practice classes

Prohibitions

IND4311


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)D Kennedy

Synopsis

Strategic design of productive systems. Productive systems models and assumptions. Corporate advantage: SWOT analysis, generic competitive strategies. Marketing, market segmentation, product life cycle, and portfolio analysis, marketing mixes. Manufacturing: process technology, product process match, and process configuration. Quality designs, lead-time and value adding operations design. Human resources, categories, attributes. Innovation; production, process sources. Financial structures, growth limits, capital investment, and cost-benefit analysis. Performance appraisal; overall technical and financial performance of productive systems.

Assessment

Individual assessment including examination (3 hours): 70%
Group assignments: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Mark Thompson

Contact hours

22 lecture hours and 22 hours laboratory/practice classes

Prohibitions

IND4312


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)R Ibrahim

Synopsis

The basic concepts of manufacturing systems; automation of those systems. Computer-aided design; its basis and application. The feature of NC machine tools; design considerations; operation. NC part programming. Industrial robots; robot programming; sensors; applications. Computer integrated production management. Computer control. Artificial intelligence in design and manufacturing. Implementing CIM systems. Concurrent engineering, data communication and local-area networks in manufacturing, and the planning of manufacturing systems. E-logistics and e-supply chain management.

Assessment

Tests: 80%
Project: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Mark Thompson

Contact hours

22 lectures and 22 hours of practice classes


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)

Synopsis

The mathematical and computational methods of modelling component and systems reliability and failure; fault tree analysis; failure mode and effect analysis; the means of study of low frequency deviations or accidents; human factors and managerial practices related to improving reliability; the basis and theory of various maintenance policies and the interaction of all these factors with economics. Maintenance management in an industrial environment.

Assessment

Individual assessment including examination: 60% (2 hours)
Assignments: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Mark Thompson

Contact hours

22 lecture hours and 22 practice class hours

Prohibitions

IND4345


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)P Wellington

Synopsis

Students will explore the concept of change and the implications of rate and direction of change for all stakeholders. A case study and role play approach to exploring approaches to successfully implement changes in industrial organisations. Specific issues which will be explored involve productivity measurement and implementation of new manufacturing procedures, establishing multidisciplinary teams and negotiating with suppliers and clients.

Assessment

The appropriate analytical, planning and implementation skills will be evaluated by means of written reports and presentations: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Mark Thompson

Contact hours

11 lecture hours, 22 workshop hours


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)D Kennedy, J Ghojel

Synopsis

This unit provides students with an understanding of the work environment of professional engineers addressing topics not covered in other parts of the degree program. It allows students to more effectively use their engineering skills within the context of a business environment, and assists them to add value to the community. Students will be encouraged to evaluate problems from a multi-faceted perspective and to articulate their views in writing as well as in discussion. The unit provides a balance between global macro issues likely to influence their future work environment, and more current, micro issues likely to confront graduates in establishing themselves as professional engineers.

Objectives

Role and contribution of an engineer in society
Ethical responsibilities of engineers
Modern work practices and organising for high performance
Sources of wastes and process inefficiencies, the lean manufacturing methodology, customer focused pull design and manufacturing strategies
Factors affecting the performance of the Australian manufacturing sector including energy, water, environmental issues, sustainability, work skills Individual performance assessment
Transition from university
Safety and OHS, risk assessment
Project management
Designing for innovation, and creative approaches towards problem solving
The role of standards and accreditation in work practices
Intellectual property, and in particular patents and copyright
Responsibilities of engineers in the design and manufacture of consumer products
Contract law
Product costs, in particular the effect of direct costs and the allocation of overheads on performance
Capital budgeting
Complete tasks as part of a team
Improve oral and written communication skills
The significance of non-engineering factors in the context of their role as an engineer
To be more aware of their role as an engineer in society
To value the practice of self-directed learning and lifelong learning
To appreciate that problem solving will often involve the use of incomplete data and data of varying reliability, a choice of method, and the possibility of more than one outcome depending on the weighting given to different factors.

Assessment

Practice class activities: 10%
Two assignments: 40%
Examination (3 hours): 50%. Students must pass both the continuous assessment and examination to gain a pass in the unit.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Mark Thompson

Contact hours

22 lecture hours and 22 laboratory and practice class hours

Prerequisites

IND3318


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)P J Gregory

Synopsis

The marketing process. Buyer behaviour. Market research and market information. The market plan, situation analysis, Critical Success Factors, internal capabilities, marketing objectives. Marketing mix, product, distribution, promotion, pricing issues. Logistics and customer service. Procurement. Supply chains. Product innovation and product life cycle. Integration of marketing process into the overall productive system. Productivity improvements and reduction in cycle time of the business process.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours) and individual assessment: 70%
Projects: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Mark Thompson

Contact hours

22 lecture hours and 22 laboratory/practice class hours


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedNot offered in 2010
Coordinator(s)B Falzon and H Blackburn

Synopsis

This unit will introduce students to the world of flight. It will give them an historical perspective on the evolution of aerospace vehicles and their design. They will learn about the basic forces in lighter than air, heavier than air and space flight vehicles. The underpinning discipline areas of aerospace engineering: aerodynamics, aircraft structures and materials, and propulsion will be presented in simplified form and then integrated through the process of design. Subsonic and supersonic aircraft and their differences will be examined. Finally, the challenge of space and its future exploration will be presented.

Objectives

To understand the evolution of aerospace vehicles and be able to articulate how this has resulted in modern air- and space-craft. To be able to differentiate between the engineering activities of design and analysis and understand their relationship in aerospace vehicle design. To be able to calculate the basic, relevant properties in different aerospace environments. To be able to differentiate between the different forces acting on aerospace vehicles, calculate their magnitude and direction and the balance between them. To be able to undertake a basic design of a lighter than air vehicle. To have the ability to identify the skeleton and other components of aircraft and nominate the appropriate materials to be candidates for their construction. To be able to perform basic calculations of the forces involved in different methods of propulsion, including propellers, jets and rockets. To be able to outline the differences between low- and high-speed flight and nominate the basis of how the forces in each are calculated. To have a perspective on the exploration of space and an appreciation of how it is likely to develop in the future.

Assessment

Test and assignments 30%, Examination (3 hours) 70%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Mark Thompson

Contact hours

3 hours lectures, 3 hours of problem solving classes/laboratory and 6 hours of private study per week

Prohibitions

MAE1415


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)J-F Nie

Synopsis

This unit provides a broad foundation on engineering materials. It gives an introduction to the basic physical and mechanical properties of common materials (metals, composites and ceramics). It presents students with the basic knowledge of functional materials and devices. Material selection, materials performance and failure mechanisms will be discussed in application to selected components and modern devices in aerospace engineering and mechatronics.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand the materials classification and their atomic and molecular structure

  1. Describe the features of a material which controls a given property

  1. Understand the material properties and their relation to structure as a function of forming methods and heat treatment processes

  1. Formulate design criteria based on material properties

  1. Appreciate material compatibility requirements in the fabrication of devices from different classes of materials

Assessment

Two written assignments: 20%
Laboratory work: 15%
Examination (3 hours): 65%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor George Simon

Contact hours

3 x 1 hour lecture, 1 hour of problem solving classes and 7 hours of private study per week. 3 x 3 hrs laboratory classes per semester.

Prohibitions

ENG1050, MSC2022, MTE2544, TRC3800


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)A Neild

Synopsis

This unit provides students with the necessary skills and knowledge in solid mechanics to confidently analyse and design engineering components and structures with particular reference to the aerospace industry. Each part of the unit contrasts theory and practical application in order to impart a practical appreciation of the knowledge gained. The role of approximate methods of analysis and their interaction with practical situations is highlighted. Constant use is made of real life problems from the aerospace industry

Objectives

The unit builds on aspects of applied forces and basic structural analysis that are contained in various units in level 1. It provides a focus for this prior learning with respect to the analysis of components and structures within an aerospace context.

Assessment

Problem solving: 10%
Laboratory work: 10%
Final examination (3 hours): 80%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Mark Thompson

Contact hours

3 hours lectures + 3 hours practice sessions or laboratories and 6 hours of private study per week


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)P Webley

Synopsis

This unit provides the discipline basis for applications in energy, power and heat transfer. It is the core unit in the discipline of thermal sciences, providing a basic level of knowledge and problem solving capability in thermodynamics and heat transfer. The thermal sciences disciplines are central to mechanical and aerospace engineering, being used in the design and analysis of energy conversion devices and systems. Inevitably, in those conversion processes involving heat, analysis and consequent design requires and understanding of the basic heat transfer mechanisms. Thus, the unit is core to understanding aircraft propulsion and computational heat and fluid flow at later year levels.

Objectives

The unit builds on aspects of thermodynamics and heat transfer and provides a focus for this and an understanding of the relevant mechanisms to be used in understanding aircraft propulsion and computational heat and fluid flow in later year.

Assessment

Three tests: 15%
Laboratory work:15%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Paul Webley

Contact hours

3 x 1 hour lectures, + 3 hours of laboratory or problem solving classes and 6 hours of private study per week


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)J Soria

Synopsis

This unit aims to develop knowledge of fundamental fluid mechanics in order to subsequently develop theories associated with the lift and drag forces acting on an aircraft. The Navier Stokes equations are presented and from this, theories to determine the aerodynamic lift and drag are developed. Practical elements of wing design are considered which may improve lift/drag characteristics beyond that predicted by the theoretical considerations. Compressible flow concepts are introduced, in particular 1D normal shock waves, and 2D normal and oblique shock waves are presented. Helicopter flight is presented as a special topic before boundary layer theory is presented in detail.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students should be able to: Develop and recognise the momentum equations in differential and integral form
Apply an order of magnitude argument to simplify these equations to a form appropriate for a given problem - specifically the analysis of boundary-layer flows
Solve Prandtl's boundary-layer equations for simple problems using the principle of self-similarity
Employ numerical techniques to predict the separation point in a boundary-layer
Obtain quantitative estimates of the drag and boundary-layer thickness for wholly laminar, turbulent, and mixed boundary-layers
Understand the structure and properties of flow within a turbulent boundary-layer
Make qualitative predictions of the interaction between shock waves and boundary layers in compressible flows
Understand the theory behind, and application of, the various methods for control of a boundary-layer on an aerofoil
Use momentum analysis to predict required conditions for helicopter flight
Appreciate the techniques and methods available to compute aerodynamic flows, and under what conditions they are valid
Estimate properties of a realistic wing through application of finite wing theory.

Assessment

Group Assignments: 15%
Laboratory: 5%
Practice Classes: 10%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Mark Thompson

Contact hours

3 hours of lectures, 2 hours of practical classes and 7 hours of private study per week and 4 hours laboratory testing per semester

Prerequisites

ENG2091, ENG2092 and MEC2404


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)H Blackburn

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will have an understanding of the key elements of aircraft performance analysis as used in aerospace vehicle design. The design of mechanical elements for aerospace applications, including the use of solid modelling software and introductory finite element analysis of structural strength will be covered. A student project involving the initial design stages of a flight vehicle will integrate these studies. Various characteristics of aircraft performance and their design implications will be examined including whole-aircraft drag polar, power plant characterisation, thrust required in level flight, maximum speed estimation, minimum speed and high-lift devices, rate of climb, gliding, range, endurance, accelerated flight, structural limitations on performance, design for longitudinal and lateral stability. Mission analysis and preliminary weight estimation based on a design concept will be examined together with the aerodynamic synthesis to satisfy performance requirements, power plant selection, overall vehicle layout and balance. Trade-offs as a necessary part of the design will be apparent to students on completion of this unit.

Assessment

Examination (2 hours): 50%
Project work: 50%
Students must pass both components to gain a pass in this unit.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Mark Thompson

Contact hours

Five hours of contact time per week - 3 hours lectures and 3 hours practice sessions or laboratories per week. In addition it is expected student will spend a further 6 hours of private study per week.

Prerequisites

MAE1041, MAE3401, MAE3407, MEC2402


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)K Ryan

Synopsis

This unit introduces numerical analysis techniques for interpolation, root finding, integration, the solution of ordinary differential equations, and the analysis of data. The role computers play in the solution of modern aerospace engineering problems is emphasised through exposure to finite difference, finite volume and finite element techniques for partial differential equations, and the implementation of these techniques in commercial fluid dynamics and structural mechanics packages.

Objectives

The objectives of this unit are to develop:
An understanding of the role of computers and numerical analysis in modern engineering practice
An appreciation of stability, efficiency and accuracy constraints on available methods for numerical approximation of engineering solutions
An understanding of numerical methods for interpolation, root-finding, integration, solution of ordinary and partial differential equations, and analysis of data
An knowledge and skills to generate accurate solutions to engineering problems using numerical computing
An understanding of methods for data analysis, including sampling, Fourier transforms and filtering
Solve engineering problems numerically
Determine the appropriate technique to solve a problem through consideration of the accuracy, efficiency and stability of available methods
Complete tasks as part of a team
Improve oral and written communication skills
Appreciation of the role of computers in engineering industry
Confidence in identifying engineering problems and formulating original solutions.

Assessment

Laboratory: 10%
Assignments: 20%
Examination: 70%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Mark Thompson

Contact hours

Six hours of contact time per week - usually 3 hours lectures and 3 hours practice sessions or laboratories classes as well as 6 hours of private study per week.

Prerequisites

ENG1060, ENG2092

Prohibitions

MEC3456


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)B Shirinzadeh

Synopsis

This unit introduces the student to the principal areas of aerospace dynamics: atmospheric, transitional, and space flight dynamics. The role of aerodynamic forces acting on an aircraft leads to the development of the equations describing static longitudinal stability, as well as lateral and directional stability. These ideas are extended to consider vehicles transitioning from atmospheric to space travel; atmospheric models, gravitational fields and the kinematics and dynamics of motion in transitional flight are considered, as are the dynamics of atmospheric re-entry. Finally orbital manoeuvres, ballistic, and inter-planetary trajectories are considered.

Objectives

Knowledge of the dynamic forces acting on a flight vehicle in different flight environments, and an awareness of the use of equations governing dynamics in the design and use of flight vehicles in industry.
An understanding of the aeronautical forces, through an understanding of finite wing theory, which contribute to the stability derivatives acting on an aircraft.
An awareness of the development and use of equations governing longitudinal, lateral and directional static stability of an airplane.
An understanding of rigid body dynamics and kinematics with focus on aircraft dynamics.
Knowledge and understanding of transitional and space vehicle dynamics.
The ability to design and develop flight vehicles through an understanding of the underlying forces imposed on the vehicle structure.
The ability to develop equations of motion necessary for the successful operation of flight vehicles in atmospheric, orbital and trans-planetary flight.
Appreciation of the role of flight vehicle dynamics in the design, testing and operation of flight vehicles.
Confidence in designing and operating flight vehicles
An appreciation of the fundamental principles underlying solid-body kinematics and dynamics for use in a general engineering workplace environment.

Assessment

Practice class/laboratories: 10%
Assignments 20%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Mark Thompson

Contact hours

Six hours of contact time per week (usually 3 hours lectures and 3 hours practice sessions or laboratories) and 6 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

ENG2091, ENG2092, MEC2401


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)D Honnery

Synopsis

This unit builds on concepts in MAE3401 and relates aircraft and rocket engines to the laws of thermodynamics, various fuel-air power cycles, their real behaviour plus fuel and combustion chemistry. Efficiency and performance of aircraft engines based on piston and gas turbine platforms is examined along with piston and turboprop engines and propeller design for subsonic speed. For jets and turbofan engines, nozzle design for transonic to supersonic speed is covered, as are supersonic engines. The unit concludes with an introduction to rocket motors and their design and performance for both atmospheric and space flight.

Objectives

Introduce students to the design, operation and performance of engines used for aircraft and rockets: 1. Understand the thermodynamics of fuel-air power cycles used for aircraft propulsion systems and undertake calculations of their thermodynamic properties.
2. Recognise the differences in real versions of the power cycles relative to their fuel-air analogues.
3. Demonstrate knowledge of the fuels used in aircraft and rocket engines and be able to undertake simple combustion related calculations dealing with these fuels. 4. Understand and undertake calculations on the operation and performance of piston engines, turbprops, and ramjets.
5. Understand and calculate the effects of high speed flight on jets, turbofans and ramjets intakes.
6. Demonstrate knowledge of propeller design through the application of various blade theories
7. Understand and undertake calculations on propeller operation and performance.
8. Understand and undertake calculations on the operation and performance of propulsion systems used in rockets operating in the atmosphere and in space.
9. Fuelling requirements of propulsion systems.
10. Aircraft and space flight propulsion systems, their operation and performance. Propeller design, operation and performance based on simple aerodynamic principles.

Assessment

Problem solving: 15%
Laboratory work: 15%
Examination: (3 hours) 70%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Mark Thompson

Contact hours

Five hours of contact hours - usually 3 hours lectures and 2 hours practice sessions or laboratories per week as well as 7 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

MAE2402 and MAE3401


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)B Chen/R Singh

Synopsis

Light weight composite materials are used widely in aerospace structures. They include carbon fibre reinforced plastics, glass fibre reinforced plastics, carbon laminates, composite panels, carbon mats and woven fabrics. Honeycomb structures, metal matrix composites, thermal ceramics and advanced materials. Light alloys: aluminium, titanium and magnesium. Thermoset and thermoplastic systems. Manufacture, processing and fabrication of aerospace materials. Net shape forming and structure-property relationships. Joining of composites. Properties and selection of aerospace materials. Degradation, failure modes, delaminating, bond failure, environmental and thermal degradation, fatigue and wear.

Objectives

Understand the properties of aerospace materials, in particular the material anisotropy and how they relate to directional properties.
Understand processes used to manufacture and fabricate different composite materials and light alloys and how their properties can be altered by varying composition and process conditions and fabrication techniques.
Understand the factors that influence the performance and degradation of aerospace materials.
Appreciate the wide range of aerospace materials with high strength-to-weight ratios and advanced materials with specialized properties.
Optimize the performance and life of aerospace structures or components.
Appreciate research and new developments of advanced aerospace materials.
Ability to correlate of properties of aerospace materials with the design of aerospace structures and components.
Identify failure modes in composite materials and assess the impact of environmental and thermal degradation.
A practical understanding of the relationship between properties and performance of aerospace materials and applications in various aerospace components or structures.
An awareness of the advantages and limitations of aerospace materials.

Assessment

Problem solving 15%
Laboratory work 15%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Mark Thompson

Contact hours

Six hours of contact time per week - usually 3 hours lectures and 3 hours practice sessions or laboratories as well as 6 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

MAE2400 or MTE3541


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)T W Ng

Synopsis

This unit aims to develop an understanding of the analytical methodologies used in strength and stiffness assessment of aircraft structures. The unit will develop an understanding of the translation of aerodynamic and ground loading on aircraft wings and fuselage to the overall airframe. An understanding of the concept of structural idealisation and constraint will be developed along with real-world limitations. The principles of stressed skin construction will be considered in detail. The unit aims to develop an understanding of the analysis and design of structural problems common in the aerospace industry. It will provide students with the tools necessary to analyse aircraft structures.

Objectives

Understanding of the relevance of strength and stiffness aspects of aircraft structures and components, including stressed skin construction.
Appreciation of a range of modeling tools and analytical methodologies currently used in the aerospace industry.
Understanding of the interaction between, often conflicting, requirements in the design of airframes i.e. aerodynamics, avionics and propulsion.
Knowledge and skills to translate real-world forces into abstract form for engineering modeling of airframes.
Understand the concept of loads and load paths on the airframe and the structural requirements of airworthiness.
Knowledge of alternative analytical tools to solve similar airframe problems.
Apply and contrast a range of analytical tools currently used in the aerospace industry.
Calculate elastic stresses and deflections in aircraft structures and associated components.
Apply the concept of structural idealization and constraint.
Analyse torsion of wing boxes and other non-circular cross-sections.
Analyse stresses and deflections of flat plates.
Analyse bending, shear and torsion of open and closed thin-walled sections.
Appreciate the relationship between analytical methodologies and real-world aircraft design.
Confidence in evaluating new engineering problems in the aerospace industry and formulating original solutions.

Assessment

Problem sets: 10%
Laboratory reports: 20%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Mark Thompson

Contact hours

Six hours of contact time per week (usually 3 hours lectures and 3 hours practice sessions or laboratories) and 6 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

MEC2402, MAE2401 and MAE2400 (or MTE3541)


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)C Chen

Synopsis

This unit covers control theory for aerospace systems with the use of state-space techniques. The state-space of dynamic systems and resulting equations are covered. Concepts of controllability, observability, detectability and the state-transition matrix follow. Classical control concepts including root-locus and frequency-response techniques are set in context of their importance in robust control. Compensators for aerospace systems with full and reduced-order linear observers, parametric optimization and optimal control via kalman filtering. Linear quadratic optimal controllers. The equations of motion for dynamic systems with controllers determined with computational analysis in Matlab.

Objectives

An understanding of the role of linear algebra in engineering dynamics and controls.
An understanding of modern control theory and its use in aerospace systems.
The concepts of controllability, stabilizability, observability, and detectability and their use in controllers.
An appreciation for optimization techniques, particularly those applied to optimum controllers.
The knowledge of where to go to learn more beyond the content of the course on related and more advanced topics.
A well-rounded individual ability to conduct control system analysis and design via independent hand and computer calculations in Matlab.
An individual ability to determine the behavior of simple aerospace dynamic systems and develop strategies to control that behavior, qualitatively and quantitatively.
An individual ability to determine the state-transfer matrix, determine the SISO transfer function, design regulators and full/reduced-order/linear quadratic control observers.
An individual ability to optimize a dynamic system based on the mathematical model of the system and linear optimization theory.
Presenting student work in a cogent and concise manner.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 70%
Practice classes 20%
Computer laboratory exercise: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Mark Thompson

Contact hours

Six hours of contact time per week - usually 3 hours lectures and 3 hours practice sessions or laboratories as well as 6 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

MAE3404


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)A Hessami

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the rules, regulations and legislation governing ownership, use and operation of aircraft in Australia. Topics include aircraft classification, the regulations governing airworthiness and aircraft certification. Aircraft safety is examined through analysis of relevant case-studies as a basis for understanding professional practice. Issues relevant to aerospace engineers in the context of ethical practice, design and manufacture, the environment, intellectual property, trade practices, health and safety awareness and technological developments will be covered. Writing exercises and oral presentations will prepare students for professional practice.

Objectives

Identify and apply the Rules, Regulations and Legislation pertaining to Australian aircraft.
Develop a working knowledge of the status of the Rules, Regulations and Legislation pertaining to Australian aircraft.
Gain knowledge of Australian airworthiness regulations
Understand of the relationship between regulation and safety in Australian Civil Aviation
Develop an appreciation of the continued role of regulation and governance within the Australian industry and how this contributes to safe operation.
Understand the ethical responsibilities of professional engineers and society's expectations
Recognise the responsibilities of engineers in the design and manufacture of aircraft products
Develop an understanding of the laws relating to intellectual property and in particular patents and copyright as they apply to professional engineering practitioners
Attain an informed understanding of workplace safety and the importance of risk assessment.
Develop the skills required to communicate both orally and in writing to an industry standard.

Assessment

Class project or exercise: 10%
Assignment one: 20%
Assignment two: 20%
Examination (3 hours): 50%. Students are expected to attain a pass grade in both the in semester component and final examination.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Mark Thompson

Contact hours

3 hours lectures, 2 hours practice classes or laboratories and 7 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

Completion of 132 points


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit introduces avionics instruments used in vehicles ranging from light aircraft, air transport, manned and unmanned space vehicles. Their application, principles of operation, accuracy, advantages, limitations, ground systems and the flight vehicle requirements of avionics equipment. Navigation systems with an emphasis on typical forms of measurements involved, their use to pilots and industry are covered. Steering systems, self contained and radio direction finding systems and components, system interfacing, instrumentation and control are examined. Issues of interference, compatibility, redundancy and operational safety and a brief look at active navigation aids complete the unit.

Objectives

  1. Understanding the role of avionics instruments in aerospace vehicles
  2. Understanding issues important for avionics measurement
  3. Understanding avionics navigation and steering systems
  4. Appreciation of system interfacing and integration involved in avionics
  5. Implementation of real time computing and sensor integration with discrete data
  6. Working with GPS, INS, DOPPLER and AIR DATA sensor components
  7. Complete tasks as part of a team
  8. Improve oral and written communication skills
  9. Practicing with some components of Avionic systems and instruments/aids/simulation software
Attitude
  1. Confidence in making a link between their previous knowledge on flight dynamics, flight control and digital signal processing with sensors, actuators, instruments, navigation systems etc needed for fly by wire flight control
  2. Confidence in identifying the flight management systems and instruments

Assessment

Laboratory exercise: 10%
Assignments: 20%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Mark Thompson

Contact hours

3 hour lectures, 2 hours practice sessions or laboratories per week and 7 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

Completion of 132 points of engineering units including MAE3408


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)R Jones

Synopsis

This unit will explain why aircraft structures/components fail, how engineers can learn from such failure and design to prevent it. Both fundamental and applied aspects of failure of aircraft structural components will be covered. The unit will detail the damage tolerance design philosophy, and how it fits into airworthiness requirements as described in the relevant Standard (JSSG 2006). The unit focuses on how fracture mechanics principles and modern fatigue crack growth laws are used to meet JSSG2006. To illustrate the effect of cracking on service aircraft we will consider flaw growth in a range of aircraft undergoing both in-service flight loading and full scale fatigue tests.

Objectives

Understand how fracture mechanics principles can be used to ensure the safety of aircraft structural components. Understand modern fatigue crack growth theories and how these can be used to ensure the continued airworthiness of aircraft structural components. Explain the way in which damage tolerant design fits into JSSG 2006. Solve problems associated with the residual strength of cracked aircraft structural members. Solve problems associated with crack growth in aircraft structural members. Design composite repairs to cracked aircraft structural member.

Assessment

Class Test 10%
Mid Semester Examination 20%
Class Project: 20%
Examination (2 hours): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Mark Thompson

Contact hours

3 hour lectures, 2 hours practical classes or laboratories and 7 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

MAE3407


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedNot offered in 2010
Coordinator(s)H Blackburn

Synopsis

The unit covers a more advanced study of the aerodynamics of aircraft wings and aerofoil sections than introduced in previous units. Topics are covered in sufficient depth that students will understand the essential aerodynamic principles applied to aircraft wing design. The notable features of wing and airfoil aerodynamics are outlined, including transition and the analysis of viscous flows. Methods for the analysis and prediction of airfoil and finite wing aerodynamics are covered, together with an introduction to procedures for quantitative design.

Objectives

  1. Apply a coupled viscous-inviscid solution program to analyze viscous flow past an airfoil, deciding appropriate parameters to model transition, and assess the likely validity of the solution.
  2. Describe procedures used for wind tunnel testing of a prototype wing section, including operation of instrumentation and correction for tunnel effects.
  3. Apply computational methods for finite wings to establish spanwise loading for different combinations of airfoil shape, planform, and twist.
  4. Understand the basic principles and restrictions of the different numerical methods applied in wing design.

Assessment

Design projects: 30%
Final examination (3 hours): 70%

Contact hours

3 hour lectures, 2 hours practice sessions or laboratories and 7 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

Completion of 132 points of engineering units including MAE3401, MAE3402 and MAE3403


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)M A Hessami

Assessment

Full semester project based work: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Mark Thompson

Contact hours

Full semester project-based work

Prerequisites

Must have passed at least 36 credit points at level 3 in aerospace engineering


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)M A Hessami

Synopsis

Refer to MAE4901

Assessment

Full semester project based work: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Mark Thompson

Contact hours

Full semester project based work

Co-requisites

MAE4901


4 points, SCA Band 2, 0.0833333 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)B Chen/L Yeo

Synopsis

This unit provides the student the opportunity to investigate a social problem which has subsequently been resolved through an engineering solution. The student is required to clearly define the problem which is to be resolved; describe the scientific principles underlying the engineering solution; discuss incremental improvements to the engineering product and identify future improvements which may resolve current issues in the construction, use and/or disposal of the engineering solution.

Assessment

Assignments: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Mark Thompson

Contact hours

Full semester project based work

Co-requisites

MAE4902


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)J Soria

Synopsis

This unit introduces differential and integral forms of governing equations in tensor notation, reviews inviscid and viscous aerodynamic flows and analyses the derivation of thin shear layer equations. Solution methods for boundary layer equations for the prediction of drag, lift and boundary layer separation on airfoil surfaces follows. Flow instability and transition from laminar to turbulent flow is examined and boundary layer stability analysis is introduced. Turbulence physics and turbulent shear flows and the analysis of turbulent shear flows are covered together with an introduction to statistical analysis in turbulence and aerodynamic flow control.

Objectives

  1. Understand the tensorial development of the governing conservation equations for aerodynamics problems
  2. Understand the physics of inviscid and viscous aerodynamics
  3. Understand the derivation of the equations governing boundary layer flow and shear flows in general
  4. To be able to solve the boundary layer equations for generic geometries using both differential analysis and integral analysis to predict drag, lift and boundary layer separation on airfoil surfaces
  5. Understand the physics of flow instability and laminar-turbulent transition
  6. Understand the analysis of Tollmien-Schlichting instability and transition in boundary layer flow and recognize factors controlling laminar-turbulent boundary layer transition
  7. Understand statistical analysis of turbulence and the general properties of turbulent shear flows
  8. Understand the structure of turbulent boundary layer flow and to be able to derive and interpret the equations governing the mean flow, kinetic energy and Reynolds stresses of a turbulent boundary layer
  9. Understand the quantitative description of turbulent boundary layer flow and to be able to calculate turbulent boundary layer drag and predict adverse pressure gradient separation on airfoils
  10. To recognise and interpret boundary layer control methodologies on airfoils to minimize drag and avoid boundary layer separation and loss of lift.

Assessment

Project/Assignment: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Mark Thompson

Contact hours

3 hours lectures, 2 hours practice sessions or laboratories and 7 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

MAE3401 (or MEC3451)


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)D R Honnery

Synopsis

This unit deals with the operation, performance and design of spark ignition and gas turbine aircraft engines. Initially the engines will be treated as thermodynamic systems. A more detailed investigation of engine individual components will follow. Component integration will be examined through investigations into operation, performance and design. Methods based on thermodynamic modeling to predict engine performance will be investigated, including for gas turbines design and off-design conditions. Students will be required to undertake a significant individual project dealing with aspects of each engine.

Objectives

The unit has as its primary objective:

  1. To understand and become familiar with the design, operation, performance and thermodynamic modeling of aircraft engines.This objective will be achieved through a student being able to:
  2. Develop the basic thermodynamic relations for ideal and real SI and GT cycles.
  3. Demonstrate familiarity with engine components and their operation.
  4. Understand the thermodynamic and fluid mechanic relationship between the individual components that make up each engine.
  5. Demonstrate an understanding of objective 4 above by being able to undertake the necessary design calculations for these components.
  6. Demonstrate an understanding of the relationship between engine operation and its performance for particular aircraft.
  7. Integrate objectives 2 and 4 through the development of thermodynamic models to predict engine performance for a typical flight envelope.Students are further encouraged to develop:
  8. An appreciation of how component integration within complex thermodynamic systems is used to produce a particular type of operation and level of performance.

Assessment

Projects and laboratory work: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Mark Thompson

Contact hours

3 hour lectures, 2 hours practice sessions or laboratories and 7 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

MAE3405


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedGippsland First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Andrew Percy

Synopsis

Vector analysis with physical applications. Integration in three dimensions: along curves, over surfaces and throughout regions of space. Identities including Gauss's divergence theorem and Stokes' theorem. The continuity, momentum and energy equations for fluid flow, expressed in 3D vector form. Mass transport (diffusion and advection), diffusion across a liquid/gas interface and light availability (Lambert-Beer model). Random variables, their probability distributions and expected values as summary measures. The Poisson, normal, exponential distributions and distributions useful in the analysis of extremes. Markov chains with hydrologic applications. Point and interval estimation of model parameters. Simple linear regression and correlation.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, a student is expected to have developed: an enhanced appreciation of the analytic approach to the solution of engineering science problems; mathematical manipulative skills appropriate to the analysis tools; and an appreciation of the benefits and limitations of mathematical analysis and of the need to interpret a mathematical solution in the context of the engineering problem. The student is also expected to have developed: statistical skills for the analysis of data, the use of basic analytical and simulation techniques for Markov processes and the ability to calculate confidence intervals for means.

Assessment

Three assignments (10% each): 30%
Mid-semester test (1 hour):10%
Examination (3 hours): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr John Arkinstall

Contact hours

3 hours lectures, 2 hours tutorials/ PC laboratory classes and 7 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

MAT1085 or ENG1902 and ENG1603

Prohibitions

GSE2703, MAT2901, MAT2911, MTH2010


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)R Ibrahim (Clayton); S Rahman (M'sia)

Synopsis

This unit introduces the second year mechanical engineering students to the concepts of time, space, coordinate systems, particles, rigid bodies, forces, work, energy and Newton's Laws of Motion. The students will be instructed on particle kinematics and kinetics, systems of particles, planar kinematics and kinetics of rigid bodies and moments of inertia. They will also be presented with an introduction to 3-dimensional dynamics of rigid bodies. Work-energy and impulse-momentum methods will also be covered. The fundamentals of mechanical vibration, analysis and synthesis of planar mechanisms and experimental modelling will complete the unit.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Handle engineering problems which involve displacement, velocity and acceleration

  1. Reliably calculate forces, power and energy losses involved in practical engineering applications

  1. Express engineering solutions in a realistic and logical format using the appropriate units, dimensions and accuracy

  1. Understand the fundamentals of kinematics and kinetics of particles and rigid bodies

  1. Apply these principles to solving engineering problems involving: simple vibrating systems of masses, springs and dampers. Analysis of simple engineering mechanisms

  1. Appreciate the difference between kinematics and kinetics

  1. Apply these skills to solve engineering mechanics problems

  1. Relate kinematics and kinetics in solving engineering mechanics problem.

Assessment

Problem solving tests: 10%
Mid semester test: 10%
Laboratory/build and test project: 10%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Mark Thompson

Contact hours

3 hours lectures, 3 hours problem solving/laboratory classes and 6 hours of private study per week

Prohibitions

IND2422, MEC2440, TRC2201


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)B W Field (Clayton); K-S Ong (M'sia)

Synopsis

A systematic method of capturing design requirements, tools for ideation, estimation and decision-making. Primary and secondary manufacturing processes, assembly techniques. Engineering graphics for problem-solving, manufacturing communication and ideation. Report writing, teamwork in solving design problems involving the integration of mechanical elements in prototype conception, construction and testing.

Objectives

The student is expected to develop basic engineering design skills that include techniques for defining problems from open-ended specifications, tools for creating design concepts and systematic procedures for choosing between design alternatives. The student will also become aware of a range of manufacturing technologies, be able to design artifacts to suit those processes, and be able to communicate the design intent by drawings produced to the Australian Standard AS1100.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 40%
Tutorial work: 10%
Assignments: 50%.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Mark Thompson

Contact hours

2 hours lectures and 3 hours laboratory/tutorial classes and 7 hours of private study a week

Co-requisites

MEC2403 ( does not apply to students enrolled in Aerospace programs)

Prohibitions

MEC2414, MEC2420, TRC2100


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)R Singh/B Chen (Clayton); G K Lim (M'sia)

Synopsis

This unit introduces second year students to materials available for the fabrication of engineering components and structures. Students will be instructed on fundamentals of solid mechanics and the determination of mechanical properties of materials that are important for engineering design. A systematic approach to materials selection and methods by which the mechanical properties of these materials can be controlled during manufacturing will be covered. Issues relating to the use of dissimilar materials in aqueous environments will be introduced. Case studies will be presented to highlight the importance of selecting appropriate materials for engineering design.

Objectives

Knowledge and Understanding

  1. Understand the significance of fundamental solid mechanics in material selection
  2. Understand the importance of selecting appropriate materials in engineering design
  3. Understand the usage and the limitations of engineering materials
  4. Understand the response of materials to typical engineering manufacturing process
  5. Gain knowledge of a systematic approach to materials selection
  6. Apply these knowledge to materials selection: to prevent failure and to minimise the weight of a component
  7. Appropriate use of fundamental solid mechanics in relating the performance of an engineering component to the basic material properties
  8. Appropriate use of important and relevant material properties in engineering design
  9. Appropriate use of materials in harsh operating environments
  10. Appreciation of methods used in the modification or control of material properties
  11. Applying these skills to solve select appropriate materials for engineering design and the related operating environment
  12. An understanding of the relationship between fundamental solid mechanics and material selection
  13. An awareness of a large range of materials available for engineering components/structures
  14. An awareness of the appropriate use of materials in engineering design
  15. Ability to use a systematic approach for materials selection.

Assessment

Problem solving classes: 10%
Laboratory classes: 10%
Final examination: 80%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Mark Thompson

Contact hours

3 hours of lectures, 3 hours of problem solving/laboratory classes and 6 hours of private study per week

Prohibitions

IND2392, MEC2460


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)J Carberry/L Yeo (Clayton); K T Boon Thong (M'sia)

Synopsis

This unit develops the students' physical understanding of the bases of fluid flow and translates that into the ability to formulate and solve problems. It covers the topics of basic concepts and fluid properties, hydrostatics, control volume analysis, the Bernoulli equation, pipe flow and pumps, non-Newtonian flow, dimensional analysis, boundary layers, fluid forces in flow - lift and drag, and vehicle aerodynamics.

Objectives

To be able to formulate and analyse hydraulics problems in fluids and to be able to calculate the forces on bodies in a quiescent fluid, including the effects of buoyancy. To be able to calculate forces on bodies in fluids undergoing rigid body motion.Use control volumes to predict fluid behaviour with particular regard to the principles of continuity, momentum and energy, and the Bernoulli equation. Use dimensional analysis and modelling to plan experiments, to present results meaningfully and to predict prototype performance. Calculate lift and drag forces for bodies subjected to fluid motion. Compute flow rates and pressure drops in pipe networks under steady state conditions. Understand the typical operation and applications of Pumps, Fans, Compressors and Turbines, their capabilities and limitations, and operating parameters that significantly affect performance. To be able to select the appropriate pump or fan for a particular pipe network and flow. To classify non-Newtonian Fluids, use constitutive equations for these fluids to predict pressure drops in different flows Calculate the lift and drag on vehicles of different geometries travelling at a variety of speeds and to determine the consequent effect on fuel consumption. Carry out simple experiments relating to fluid properties and flow behaviour. To be able to solve problems by defining the problem using the discipline theory taught and applying mathematical and other methods taught throughout the curriculum.

Assessment

Tests, tutorials and laboratory assignments: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%
Students are required to achieve at least 45% in the total continuous assessment component (assignments, tests, mid-semester exams, laboratory reports) and at least 45% in the final examination component. Students faiing to achieve this requirement will be given a maximum of 44% in the unit.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Mark Thompson

Contact hours

3 Lecture hours, 3 hours of laboratory/problem solving classes and 6 hours of private study per week.

Prohibitions

CHE2082, CHE2100, MEC2430


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)M-A Hessami (Clayton); V Doshi (M'sia)

Synopsis

This unit introduces concepts of heat, work, energy, temperature and pressure. The properties of pure substances, steam tables and phase diagrams and their use in thermodynamics problems, First and Second Laws of Thermodynamics and their use in steady and unsteady state problems, Carnot cycle, Gas power cycles, vapour and combined power cycles are introduced. Use of T-s diagrams for power cycle analysis, P-h diagrams in refrigeration cycle analysis and simple combustion processes are covered. Renewable energy such as solar, hydro, wind and biomass, and their use in heating and electricity generation and the environmental benefits of renewable energy conclude study in this unit.

Objectives

  1. Understand the basic concepts of heat, work, temperature, energy, enthalpy, entropy

  1. Understand the concepts of states and properties of a substance, and how to determine the phase of a substance (solid, liquid, gas) from its properties

  1. Understand the formulation of the First and Second Laws of Thermodynamics

  1. Understand the Carnot cycle as a limiting cycle and its use in defining a temperature scale

  1. Develop skills in applying the First and Second Laws of Thermodynamics to steady and unsteady state problems for open and closed systems

  1. Understand how to calculate changes in internal energy, enthalpy, and entropy from heat and work interactions

  1. Be able to analyse gas power cycles as an example of heat engines: general air cycles (Brayton cycle, Otto cycle, and diesel cycle)

  1. Be able to analyse vapour power cycles as an example of heat engines: Rankine cycle

  1. Develop skills in analysing refrigeration and heat pump cycles and be able to calculate the performance of these cycles

  1. Develop skills in the use of P-v, T-s, and P-h diagrams in solving problems in heat engine and heat pump cycles

  1. Develop skills in the experimental measurement of Thermodynamic quantities and the use of the First and Second Laws of Thermodynamics to analyse experimental systems

  1. Obtain practice in writing a technical report.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 70%
Laboratory: 15%
Assignments and Tests: 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Mark Thompson

Contact hours

3 hours lectures, 3 hours practical classes or laboratories and 6 hours of private study per week.

Prohibitions

CHE2120, MEC2480


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)B W Field and K Tan (M'sia)

Synopsis

In this integrative level 2 unit students are introduced to the design of machine elements covering bearings, shafts, welds, fasteners, gears etc. This leads to an examination of techniques for improving engineering designs based on economic and functional considerations. Geometric and economic tolerancing is further explored. The use of solid modelling software to simulate kinematic behaviour of mechanical devices and produce engineering drawings is introduced. The integration of design skills and related engineering studies is covered through a group exercise to design a mechanical device.

Objectives

This unit provides a focus in level 2 of the mechanical and industrial engineering and engineering managment programs where studies from the first semester are integrated into whole design tasks involving a combination of individual and group work. Additional mechanical elements are included in this unit so that moderately complex mechanical devices can be designed and evaluated theoretically by using conventional mathematical techniques, and geometrically and kinematically by constructing virtual devices in solid modeling software.

Assessment

Practical work: 10%
Assignments: 60%
Examination (2 hours): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Mark Thompson

Contact hours

3 hours lectures, 2 hours laboratory/practical classes and 7 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

MEC2402 and (MEC2403 or MEC2414 or MEC2420)

Prohibitions

MEC2450, TRC2000


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)T W Ng (Clayton); J Koh (M'sia)

Synopsis

Introduction to the design, analysis, and practical manufacture of electromechanical systems, incorporating DC and AC electrical circuit theory, simple semiconductor and amplifying components, transformers, and sensors and actuators. Mathematics of electromechanical systems is provided, including Laplace transforms and complex algebra. Computational and assignment work (via practicals) to be integrated to give student complete understanding of specific examples using modern microelectronic components, sensors, and actuators.

Objectives

Students are to gain the ability to model elementary electro-mechanical systems, incorporating mechanical and electrical energy exchange and interaction, with additional instruction on common applied mathematical methods used in electromechanical system analysis, including Laplace transforms and complex algebra. Tutorial work will provide the student a reinforced understanding of electromechanics.

Assessment

Problem solving classwork: 20%
Examination (3 hours): 80%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Mark Thompson

Contact hours

3 hours lectures, 3 hours laboratory/problem solving classes and 6 hours of private study per week


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr L Yeo (Clayton); B T Tan (M'sia)

Synopsis

This unit expands upon concepts introduced in MEC2404 Control volume analysis is extended to consider Newton's second law of motion and the first and second laws of thermodynamics. Differential analysis leads to the development of the Navier-Stokes equations, and solution techniques for potential and viscous flows are introduced. The relationship of boundary layers to lift and drag is explored, theory of both turbomachinery and open-channel flow is consolidated, and the thermodynamics of insentropic compressible flows is described. The acoustic wave equation is derived, its and applications to sound intensity, noise control and the dB(A) weighting system are considered.

Objectives

To derive and solve the Navier-Stokes equations governing a fluid of boundary layers, and their contribution to lift and drag of Turbo-machinery equations of open channel flows and the hydraulic analogy of compressible flows, including isentropic flows of acoustics, including the wave equation, sound intensity and power, noise control, and dB(A) weightings Identify and derive calculable solutions to fluid mechanics problems from the Navier-Stokes equations Exploit knowledge of lift and drag characteristics of various geometries to improve the performance of objects in a flow Determine the free-surface wave speed and the effects of a hydraulic jump Calculate the fluid and thermodynamic properties across an isentropic shock Use the hydraulic analogy to develop compressible flow theories Determine the sound intensity and power of an acoustic source Calculate the absorption and attenuation of sound at a simple surface geometry An understanding of the need to, and benefits of, contributing as part of a team towards a common goal Appreciate the historical societal benefit of mechanical engineering applications of fluid mechanics.

Assessment

Practice classes: 10%
Assignment projects: 20%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Mark Thompson

Contact hours

6 hours of contact time per week (usually 3 hours lectures and 3 hours practice sessions) and 6 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

(ENG2091 and MEC2404) or (MEC2430 and (MAT2901 or MAT2902 or MTH2021 or MTH2032))

Prohibitions

MAE3401


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr P Wellington/Milan/Adrian (Clayton); C A Tang (Sunway)

Synopsis

This unit builds on knowledge gained in second year design units and continues the use of group work and design projects as key learning methodologies to integrate theoretical knowledge and understanding. It includes use of an Australian or International standard and design software tools for 3D modelling, assembly, motion, and stress analysis topics. Topics on manufacturing processes will incorporate the discussion of a wide variety of processes in addition to those relating to composites and polymers. The unit will emphasize design methodology and design processes for manufacturing and assembly.

Objectives

Knowledge and understanding of the steps to be undertaken in the solution of open-ended design problems.
Knowledge of methods used to demonstrate a design's viability.
Knowledge of drawings and 3D modelling in the design process.
Knowledge of a range of engineering software tools including stress analysis, vibration, mechanical system simulation, fluid dynamics and manufacturing software. Find solutions to complex engineering problems using design methodologies.
Appreciate timing and budgetary constraints Undertake tasks as part of a team.
Communicate effectively in written, oral and graphical forms.
Appreciate the role of design in engineering practice. Confidence in identifying engineering problems and formulating solutions.

Assessment

Individual assessment/Tests: 10%
Design assignments: 60%
Examination (2 hours): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Mark Thompson

Contact hours

5 hours contact time (usually 3 hours lectures and 2 hours practice sessions or laboratories) and 7 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

MEC2406 (or MEC2414 or MEC2420 or MEC2450) and MEC3455

Prohibitions

IND3317


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)A/P W K Chiu (Clayton); Jawaid (Sunway)

Synopsis

Students develop skills in analysing the response of a vibratory system to an external stimuli. Techniques for developing the equation of motion, defining the forcing function and analysing the vibratory response. Fundamental calculus for analysing mechanical vibrations and the generalised kinematics and kinetics of particles and rigid bodies using vector algebra. A systematic method of establishing a dynamic model with the associated forces and motion, a set of coordinate axis and the choice of derivation method for the governing equations for the model and solution techniques follows. Skills presenting results develop along with understanding the relevance of dynamics in engineering.

Objectives

Use of kinematics and kinetics in engineering problem solving
Use of vector algebra in solving 3D engineering dynamics
The concepts of degrees of freedom and its use in defining a model and the solutions to the model
An appreciation for the role of vibrations in machines and structures in engineering
Of the various solution methods for single and multi-degree of freedom representation of dynamic systems
How vibration fits into engineering design
How vibrations can affect the safe operation of machinery
Perform basic engineering calculations in a systematic and logical manner in dynamics and mechanical vibrations
Apply the concepts of dynamics in the analysis of vibration problems
Make observations and measurements for the analysis of vibration problems.
Use of computer methods to solve modelling problems.

Assessment

Project Work 10%
Tutorial work:15%
Examination (3 hours): 75%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Mark Thompson

Contact hours

3 hour lectures, 3 hours practice sessions or laboratories per week (this may alternate with 2 hours lectures and 4 hours practice sessions/laboratories depending on the week) and 6 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

(ENG2091 and MEC2401) or (MEC2440 and (MAT2901 or MAT2902 or MTH2021 or MTH2032))

Prohibitions

TRC3200


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr J Ghojel (Clayton); C F Than (Sunway)

Synopsis

This unit aims to develop a fundamental understanding of the processes by which heat and energy are inter-related and converted and by which heat is transferred. The unit will review major principles of energy conversion and the modes of heat transfer. The basic laws of thermodynamics and the governing equations for heat transfer and thermodynamics will be introduced and subsequently used to solve practical engineering problems involving thermodynamics and heat transfer. The unit will also cover fundamental design principles of power generation systems and heat exchangers.

Objectives

Understand the fundamental modes by which heat is transferred
Identify the responsible mechanism or combinations of mechanisms involved in heat transfer problems
Understand how different forms of energy are interconverted and appreciate the difference in their efficiencies
Analyse conventional power generation systems using steam and gas turbines and internal combustion engines
Solve practical heat transfer and thermodynamic problems
Formulate and solve models based on the governing equations of heat transfer and the basic laws of thermodynamics
Appreciate the three fundamental modes of heat transfer
Appreciate the difference between heat transfer and energy conversion (thermodynamics)
Recognise that thermodynamics is not an abstract but rather an applied energy-related unit based on the fundamental laws of mass and energy conservation.

Assessment

Assignments: 10%
Tests: 20%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Mark Thompson

Contact hours

3 hour lectures and 3 hours practice sessions/laboratories (his may alternate with 2 hours lectures and 4 hours practice sessions/laboratories) and 6 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

(MEC2404 and MEC2405) or ((MEC2430 or MEC2480) and (MAT2901 or MAT2902 or MTH2021 or MTH2032))


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)W K Chiu

Synopsis

This unit aims to develop an understanding of the analytical methodologies used in strength and stiffness assessment of engineering structures and components. It allows students to translate real-world forces into abstract form for engineering modelling of a range of common problems found in industry and gain knowledge of the relationship between analysis and design. Students will be exposed to a wide range of analytical tools and modeling philosophies.

Objectives

Understanding of the relevance of strength and stiffness aspects of engineering structures and components.
Appreciation of a range of modeling tools and analytical methodologies.
Understanding of the role of solid mechanics in engineering analysis and design.
Knowledge and skills to translate real-world forces into abstract form for engineering modeling.
Understand the concept of loads and load paths.
Knowledge of alternative analytical tools to solve similar problems.
Apply and contrast a range of analytical tools.
Calculate elastic and inelastic stresses and deflections in simple and compound beams.
Calculate stresses and displacements in pressure vessels.
Analyse torsion of non-circular cross-sections.
Analyse stresses and deflections of flat plates.
Analyse shear stresses in thin-walled sections.
Appreciate the relationship between solid mechanics and engineering design.
Confidence in evaluating new engineering problems and formulating original solutions.

Assessment

Assignments: 10%
Laboratory reports: 20%
Examination (3 hours): 70%. Students must achieve a pass grade in both the continuous assessment and examination components to gain an overall Pass grade in the unit.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Mark Thompson

Contact hours

3 hours lectures, 3 hours practice sessions/laboratories (this may alternate with 2 hours lectures and 4 hours practice sessions/laboratories) and 6 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

(MEC2402 and MEC2403 and MEC2406) or MAE2911 or MAE2921 or MEC2460 or MEC2470


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)V Stamatov, Z Liu

Synopsis

This unit conveys the fundamentals of numerical analysis techniques for root-finding, interpolation, integration, the solution of ordinary differential equations and data analysis, and Matlab is employed to demonstrate their implementation. The role computers play in both the solution of engineering problems and the acquisition and analysis of data is explored through consideration of common partial differential equations in mechanics, and their solution via finite difference, finite volume, and finite element methods. Exposure to commercial finite-element analysis and computational fluid dynamics codes provides experience in solving practical engineering problems.

Objectives

Understanding of the role of computers and numerical analysis in modern engineering practice
Appreciation of stability, efficiency and accuracy constraints on available methods for numerical approximation of engineering solutions
Understanding of numerical methods for interpolation, root-finding, integration, solution of ordinary and partial differential equations, and analysis of data.
Knowledge and skills to generate accurate solutions to engineering problems using numerical computing
Knowledge of the types of equations which arise in computational mechanics
Understanding of finite difference, finite volume and finite element methods, and their application to computational mechanics problems
Understanding of methods for data analysis, including sampling, Fourier transforms and filtering
Solve engineering problems numerically
Determine the appropriate technique to solve a problem through consideration of the accuracy, efficiency and stability of available methods
Acquire, analyse and interpret data
Complete tasks as part of a team
Improve oral and written communication skills
Appreciation of the role of computers in engineering industry
Confidence in identifying engineering problems and formulating original solutions.

Assessment

Laboratory and Assignments: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Mark Thompson

Contact hours

3 hour lectures, 3 hours practice sessions or laboratories per week (this may alternate with 2 hours lectures and 4 hours practice sessions/laboratories) and 6 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

ENG1060 or ENG1603 or MEC2490


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)B Shirinzadeh

Synopsis

This unit covers the nature and behaviour of simple components, processes and subsystems relevant to engineering control. Mechanical, electrical, fluid pressure devices and complete elementary control systems are included. Orientation is to predicting, examining and assessing system performance via formation of mathematical models and solution of models. Laboratory experiments and hands-on instruction in the digital simulation package Matlab to solve models. A unified approach to mathematical modelling via the concepts of resistance, capacitance and inertia/inductance is emphasised. Students learn to perform system modelling, develop solution, assess a system response and analyse systems.

Objectives

Understand the significance and relevance of systems and associated control in engineering.
Appreciation for mathematical formulations to develop accurate linear models through classical and state space modelling techniques describing systems with single-input single-output (SISO) and multi-input and multi-output (MIMO).
Gain knowledge of system's response through the use of analytical techniques, such as classical solution, Laplace transforms, state space, etc.
Understand the concept of stability and its importance for systems analysis and control.
Gain knowledge of dynamic performance of a system, including selection of system parameters to achieve the desired response, and further analysis through techniques such as frequency response.
Understand the effects of non-linearity in systems and limitations of the use of linear models.
Gain knowledge of experimental, as well as computer-based (such as Matlab) techniques.
Ability to develop mathematical models for devices and systems for the purpose of response and dynamic behaviour analysis.
Ability to obtain system's solution and response using classical method, Laplace transforms method, and state space method.
Ability to determine the stability of a system utilising S-plane and Routh-Hurwitz technique.
Ability to analyse dynamic performance of systems in the time and frequency domains using the Bode plot, root-locus, and Nyquist plot.
Ability to continue learning about systems modelling and control techniques beyond the content provided in this course.
An appreciation of the unified concept of resistance, capacitance and inertia/indusctance to perform physical modelling of mechanical, fluidic, hydraulic and pneumatic systems.
An appreciation for the need to represent, predict and analyse the system and its response and dynamic performance, and convey these through pictorial representations such as block diagrams, signal flow graphs, plots, etc
An appreciation of non-linear effects and the use of linear models as approximation.

Assessment

Mid-semester test (1 hour): 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Mark Thompson

Contact hours

3 hour lectures, 3 hours practice sessions or laboratories (this may alternate with 2 hours lectures and 4 hours practice sessions/laboratories depending on the week) and 6 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

(ENG2091 and MEC2407 and MEC3453) or (MEC3406 and (ECE2002 or ECE2610 or MAT2901 or MAT2902 or MTH2021 or MTH2032))

Prohibitions

TRC3600


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)W Yan/A Neild/J Carberry/ D Honnery

Synopsis

Introduction to data acquisition across a range data types, analogue-digital sampling and signal conditioning. Data acquisition and processing functions using LabView. Current data measurement technologies and equipment, acquisition methodologies used in fluid dynamics, material properties, thermodynamics, control and dynamics. Data analysis methods including error analysis, validation, spectral analysis identification and interpretation of trends. Introduction to research practices, formation and testing of hypotheses as well as experiment design and project management. Communication skills and techniques, preparation of reports and oral presentations. Occupational health and safety.

Objectives

Understanding of skills and techniques required for the acquisition of optimised meaningful experimental data
Knowledge of the important components of experimental design
Overview of current technologies available for experimentation
Knowledge of data acquisition methods
Knowledge of data analysis methods
Appreciation for the importance and application of occupational health and safety procedures
Manage and execute short and medium term projects
Form and evaluate hypotheses
Communicate results using written and oral formats
Acquire and optimise experimental data
Use data analysis techniques to explore and evaluate experimental data, including error analysis
Use LabView to acquire and analyse experimental data Apply occupational health and safety procedures.

Assessment

Written reports and oral presentations (100%)

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Mark Thompson

Contact hours

3 hour lectures, 3 hours practice sessions/laboratories (this may alternate with 2 hours lectures and 4 hours practice sessions) and 6 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

Must have passed 120 credit points from engineering or science


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)A/Prof M-A Hessami; A/Prof K-S Teoh (M'sia)

Synopsis

Together with MEC4402 students undertake a self-guided learning task in the form of a project. It is a full year project of either a major design, theoretical, or experimental investigation. The project may be undertaken either within the department or externally with a company or research organization. In either case, an academic member of staff will act as the supervisor. While some projects may benefit from group based work it is expected that students will work individually on each project. For assessment purposes, students are required to submit a research proposal, a progress report, give an oral presentation about their work and to participate in short quizzes.

Assessment

Full semester project-based work: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Mark Thompson

Contact hours

Full semester project-based work

Prerequisites

Must have passed 120 credit points or for Arts, Commerce and Science double degree students must have passed 40 credit points at level three in mechanical engineering


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)A/Prof M-A Hessami; A/Prof K-S Teoh (M'sia)

Synopsis

In this unit, together with MEC4401, students undertake a self-guided learning task in the form of a project. It is a full year project of either a major design, theoretical, or experimental investigation. The project may be undertaken either within the department or externally with a company or research organisation. In either case, an academic member of staff will act as the supervisor. While some projects may benefit from group based work it is expected that students will work individually on each project. For assessment purposes, students are required to submit a research paper, a final report and a poster outlining the research work completed and to participate in short quizzes.

Assessment

Full semester project-based work: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Mark Thompson

Contact hours

Full semester project-based work

Prerequisites

MEC4401


4 points, SCA Band 2, 0.0833333 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr B Chen + Dr L Yeo (Clayton); Dr Teoh K S (Sunway)

Synopsis

This unit provides the student the opportunity to investigate a social problem which has subsequently been resolved through an engineering solution. The student is required to clearly define the problem which is to be resolved; describe the scientific principles underlying the engineering solution; discuss incremental improvements to the engineering product over time and identify future improvements which may resolve current issues in the construction, use and/or disposal of the engineering solution.

Assessment

Assignments: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Mark Thompson

Contact hours

Full semester project based work

Prerequisites

120 credit points completed


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)A Hessami (Clayton), C A Tang (Sunway)

Synopsis

This unit provides students with an understanding of the work environment of professional engineers addressing topics not covered in other parts of the degree program. It allows students to more effectively use their engineering skills within the context of a business environment, and assists them to add value to the community. Students will be encouraged to evaluate problems from a multi-faceted perspective and to articulate their views in writing as well as in discussion. The unit provides a balance between global macro issues likely to influence their future work environment, and more current, micro issues likely to confront graduates in establishing themselves as professional engineers.

Objectives

Role and contribution of an engineer in society
Ethical responsibilities of engineers
Modern work practices and organising for high performance
Sources of wastes and process inefficiencies, the lean manufacturing methodology, customer focused pull design and manufacturing strategies
Factors affecting the performance of the Australian manufacturing sector including energy, water, environmental issues, sustainability, work skills Individual performance assessment
Transition from university Safety and OHS, risk assessment
Project management
Designing for innovation, and creative approaches towards problem solving
The role of standards and accreditation in work practices
Intellectual property, and in particular patents and copyright
Responsibilities of engineers in the design and manufacture of consumer products
Contract law
Product costs, in particular the effect of direct costs and the allocation of overheads on performance
Capital budgeting
Complete tasks as part of a team
Improve oral and written communication skills
The significance of non-engineering factors in the context of their role as an engineer
To be more aware of their role as an engineer in society
To value the practice of self-directed learning and lifelong learning
To appreciate that problem solving will often involve the use of incomplete data and data of varying reliability, a choice of method, and the possibility of more than one outcome depending on the weighting given to different factors.

Assessment

Practice class activities: 10%
Two assignments: 40%
Examination (3 hours): 50%. Students must pass both the continuous assessment and examination to gain a pass in the unit.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Mark Thompson

Contact hours

6 hours of contact time (usually 3 hours lectures and 3 hours practice sessions or laboratories) and 6 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

Must have passed 120 credit points


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedNot offered in 2010

Synopsis

Unsteady heat conduction, numerical solutions to multi-dimensional conduction problems. Derivation of general governing equations for fluid flow, heat transfer and mass transfer. Free and forced convection heat transfer in laminar and turbulent flow regimes. Fundamentals of mass transfer. Introduction to two-phase heat transfer.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours, Open Book): 65%
Project work (Literature Research Paper): 20%
Assignments (15%)

Contact hours

5 hours of contact teaching time based on a mix of lectures and problem based learning classes in addition to 6 hours of private study per week.

Prerequisites

MEC2404/CHE2161, MEC3454/CHE2163


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)M A Hessami

Synopsis

Review of mass and energy conservation and transfer processes; psychrometry and moist air properties; factors influencing human comfort; calculation of building thermal loads; simulation packages for calculating building loads; air conditioning systems; fans, pumps, ducts, etc in air conditioning plant; control systems in air conditioning plant; vapour compression and absorption refrigeration; air conditioning and refrigeration in transportation; industrial fieldwork.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 45%
Laboratory/field work: 35%
Projects: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Mark Thompson

Contact hours

22 lecture hours, 22 practice class/laboratory/field-work hours

Prerequisites

MEC3451 and MEC3454


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)J Friend, C P Tan (Sunway)

Synopsis

Instruction on the basics of automatic control, including anaysis and computational techniques (with MATLAB/SIMULINK). Assumes students have the ability to form and use classical and state-space models of linear systems, can calculate and shape their response, and have experience in using MATLAB. Control stem design through root-locus, frequency response, state-space methods, with particular focus on compensators, controllability and observability. An overview of digital, adaptive and optimal control design methods will complete the unit.

Assessment

Assignments: 25%
Examination (3 hours): 75%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Mark Thompson

Contact hours

22 lectures, 22 practice class/laboratory hours

Prerequisites

MEC3457 or MAE3408 or TRC3600


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)J Friend and L Yeo

Synopsis

Introducing micro and nano- technology in the design of next-generation electronic and energy systems and biomedical devices. Basic concepts and physics of micro or nano-systems, including continuum and molecular theories, low Reynolds number flows, capillary effects and interfacial flows. Flows in channels of arbitrary dimensions, convective-diffusive mass transport, electro hydrodynamics including classical double layer theory, electrophoresis, electrosmosis, dielectric polarisation and dielectrophoresis are discussed. Active materials, scaling issues, contact mechanics and the design of micro nano-fluidic devices. Modelling and analysis of systems using Matlab and Mathematica.

Objectives

To instill

  1. exposure to the emerging fields of micro and nano technology, particularly for biomedical engineering

  1. thorough understanding of the physical behaviour of solids and fluids at the micron and nanometer length scales through continuum and molecular theories

  1. an understanding of the difficulties in fabrication, manipulation, and imaging of components at the micro scale and beyond

  1. an appreciation of the various fluid transport mechanisms in micro/nano channels or devices and physical interaction mechanisms in solids at the micro/nano scale

  1. knowledge in the design of micro/nano-electro-mechanical-systems and micro/nano-fluidic devices for various bio-applications



To develop the ability to

  1. construct models of micro/nano components and systems

  1. solve the fundamental equations of motion governing the dynamics of such systems analytically, semi-analytically or using numerical techniques to understand their behaviour for prediction and design

  1. apply the knowledge provided in the course for the design of practical micro/nano devices

  1. know where and how to continue learning on advanced and/or new topics in micro/nano solid and fluid mechanics.

Assessment

Laboratory work: 15%
Design project 20%
Examination (3 hours): 65%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Mark Thompson

Contact hours

3 hours lectures, 3 hours practical classes and 6 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

Mechanical Engineering and Aerospace Engineering students: MEC3451, MEC3453 and MEC3455.
Mechatronics students: 120 points including TRC2200 and TRC3200


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)S Khoddam

Synopsis

Finite element analysis is widely used in mechanical, automotive, rail, mining and aerospace engineering. Commercial codes are used to identify elements in a given problem, their limitations and ways to improve the accuracy and reliability of analysis. Lectures present relevant theory and cover formulation of both the common default elements and the preferred element types. Other topics include stress recovery, formation of stiffness matrices, aspect ratio limits and the role of reduced integration. Tutorials provide hands-on knowledge of finite element analysis on a simple structure. Students develop skills in NASTRAN and FEMAP.

Assessment

Class assignment: 10%
Project: 20%
Mid semester examination 20%
Examination (3 hours): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Mark Thompson

Contact hours

22 lecture hours and 22 practice class hours

Prerequisites

Must have passed 96 credit points including MEC3455 or MAE3407 or TRC2201.


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)

Synopsis

Topics include maintenance planning and scheduling, organisation of maintenance resources, quantitative techniques in maintenance management. Queue theory; network planning and Monte Carlo simulation are introduced. Preventive and condition-based maintenance, failure analysis, reliability engineering, computerised maintenance management and appraising maintenance performance are examined and industry-based case studies are presented. The T* integral limitation and growth rules as well as variable amplitude loading and the alternating finite element method are covered. Damage tolerant design principles complete the unit.

Assessment

Examination (2 hours): 60%
Assignments and laboratory work: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Mark Thompson

Contact hours

33 lecture hours, 10 practice class hours and 12 laboratory hours

Prerequisites

MEC3455


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)J Friend

Synopsis

Instruction on advanced topics in dynamics, incorporating electromagnetics via D'Lambert's principle, Hamilton's equations and the virtual power (Jourdain/Kain) method. Focus on kinematics and dynamics of robotic structures and magnetoelectromechanical devices (motors, speakers, transducers, vibration sensors etc). Consideration of the inevitable and critical consequences of nonlinearities in dynamics response, including limit cycles and Poincare maps and flows. Reinforcement of concepts using computer analysis.

Objectives

Students are expected to gain the ability to model the dynamics of systems incorporating mechanic, electrical, magnetic and other forma of energy storage and interaction, with consideration of the consequences of nonlinear behaviour. Computational work will provide the student with a reinforced understanding of advanced dynamics.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 70%
Assignment, laboratory and tutorials: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Mark Thompson

Contact hours

22 lecture hours, 18 practice class/laboratory hours

Prerequisites

MEC3453 or MAE3404 or TRC3200


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)A/P W K Chiu (Clayton); Jawaid (Sunway)

Synopsis

Fundamentals of sound and sound propagation, wave equation, Helmholtz equation, absorption, impedance and intensity, silencers. Transmission from one medium to another, applications and optimisation. Transmission through walls, mass law, coincidence and resonance. Sound transmission in the atmosphere, inverse square law, excess attenuation. Radiation of sound, directivity. Sound in enclosed spaces. Noise sources, noise reduction techniques, noise legislation and regulation, acceptable noise levels, hearing conservation, measurement and analysis of noise, design for low noise.

Assessment

Examination (2 hours): 70%
Assignments and tutorials: 25%
Laboratory: 5%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Mark Thompson

Contact hours

22 lecture hours plus 22 hours of practice classes and laboratory classes

Prerequisites

MEC3453 or TRC3200


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)J B Hinwood

Synopsis

Introduction to the principles of tides, estuarine flows, waves, fluid mixing, dilution of wastes, plume motions. Planning and conducting a field data collection exercise: scientific plan, calibrations, equipment, logistics, data analysis and modelling, reporting.

Assessment

Written: 50%
Fieldwork: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Mark Thompson

Contact hours

16 lecture hours, 8 practice class hours and 48 fieldwork hours

Prerequisites

MEC3465 (or MAE3965) OR MEC3451


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)W Yan

Synopsis

Anisotropic elasticity, laminated composites, plates and shells, failure criteria, bearing failures and bearing bypass interaction, notch effects, the joining of composites to both composites and metals, damage tolerance and durability and repair technology. Single and multiple load paths; the concepts of principal structural elements; linear elastic mechanics; fracture toughness. Examples are to be derived from aerospace, maritime and manufacturing industries.

Assessment

Examination (2 hours): 70%
Assignments and tutorial work: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Mark Thompson

Contact hours

22 lecture hours and 22 practical/practice class hours

Prerequisites

120 credit points completed


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)P Ranganathan

Synopsis

An introduction to computational fluid dynamics with applications to industrial and theoretical problems in fluid mechanics and energy transfer. The equations governing fluid flow and heat transfer. The properties of these equations and the relevance to obtaining computer solutions. The various methods and models used in CFD. An introduction to commercial packages and their application to relevant industrial and theoretical problems in heat transfer and fluid dynamics.

Assessment

Examination (2 hours): 70%
Assignment: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Mark Thompson

Contact hours

22 lectures and 22 hours of practice and computer laboratory classes

Prerequisites

MEC3451 and MEC3456 or MAE3401 and MAE3403


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)C Chen

Synopsis

Spatial descriptions and transformations. Manipulator forward and inverse kinematics. Differential relationships and Jacobian. Manipulator dynamics: Lagrangian and Newton Euler formulations. Design of mechanisms and end-effectors. Actuation, sensing and control. Computational geometry for design, manufacture, and path planning. Robotics in manufacturing and automation. Techniques for modelling, simulation and programming of robotic tasks. Introduction to image processing and analysis and machine vision. Advanced mathematical formulations. Introduction to advanced robotics. A self-directed learning component completes the unit.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 70%
Project and laboratory work: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Mark Thompson

Contact hours

36 lectures, 24 practice class/laboratory hours

Prerequisites

MEC3462 or MEC3457


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)G Edward

Synopsis

Bonding: atomic/molecular arrangement. Crystal systems: directions and planes, stereographic projection; metallic, ionic and ceramic crystals. Defects; vacancies and interstitials; dislocations; stacking faults, twin and grain boundaries. Thermodynamics: condensed systems; entropy, Gibbs free energy; ideal and non-ideal solutions; surface energy and microstructure. Phase equilibria and microstructures: Gibbs phase rule; free energy diagrams; phase diagrams; deviations from ideality, phase separation; ordering; eutectic, eutectoid, peritectic and peritectoid reactions; non-equilibrium microstructures, implications for physical properties.

Objectives

On successful completion of this course students will:

  1. understand the definitive characteristics of the key classes of materials and their origins in electronic structure, bonding and atomic/molecular arrangement;

  1. have a thorough knowledge of elementary crystallography, including crystal lattices, elements of symmetry, crystal systems and their representation

  1. recognize common prototype structures for metallic, ionic and ceramic crystals, and possess an understanding of the factors influencing the development of these structures

  1. understand the geometry, crystallography and elastic properties of common crystal defects, and their effects on crystal properties

  1. understand the derivation of binary and ternary alloy phase diagrams from the laws of thermodynamics, in particular the free energy concept, including positive and negative deviations from ideality

  1. appreciate the concepts of equilibrium between multiple phases in binary alloy systems and their embodiment in Gibbs' Phase Rule and the concept of chemical potential

  1. understand the microstructures to be expected for various binary material systems exhibiting, in particular, complete solid solubility, the eutectic, eutectoid, peritectic or peritectoid reactions

  1. appreciate aspects of microstructure controlling solid solubility and the role of surfaces and interfaces in controlling microstrucures

  1. possess an elementary grasp of the consequences of nonequilibrium in binary systems

  1. appreciate the influence of microstructures on some physical properties

  1. have become familiar with the resources of a Library for acquiring information of specific interest to a Materials Engineer

  1. have gained basic laboratory skills applied to study the microstructure of materials

  1. have an ability to communicate within a team in carrying out laboratory work

  1. have an ability to keep accurate laboratory records and to prepare a formal report on an experiment.

Assessment

Four written assignments: 15%
Laboratory work: 25%
Written examination: 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor George Simon

Contact hours

3 hours lecture/tutorial, 7.5 hours of private study per week and 18 hours laboratory classes per semester

Prohibitions

MSC2011, MTE2501


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)I Timokhina

Synopsis

Thermal conductivity, heat transfer film coefficients. Non-steady state conduction; lumped systems. Convection and radiation. Casting, forging, hot rolling, injection moulding. Interstitial and substitutional diffusion. Carburization, homogenization. Nucleation and growth: homogeneous and heterogeneous nucleation, solid/liquid interface, growth of solid in liquid, growth of solid in solid. Solidification: coring; cells and dendrites; eutectics; segregation in ingots. Kinetics of phase transformations: TTT and CCT diagrams Evolution of microstructure/nanostructure: thermomechanical processing of steels and Al/Mg alloys; hardenability, quenching and tempering of steels, alloying elements.

Objectives

  1. To gain a knowledge on nucleation and growth of new phases in liquid and solid
  2. A knowledge of mechanisms of diffusion and application of it in heat treatment
  3. To develop an understanding of the evolution of microstructure during solidification of metals and alloys under both equilibrium and non-equilibrium conditions and the ability to interpret solidification microstructures in common alloy systems and relate them to the material properties
  4. To acquire an elementary understanding of the basis for the design of engineering alloys and their microstructures
  5. A knowledge and understanding of the thermo-mechanical treatment of engineering alloys with particular reference to steels
  6. To develop an understanding of the effects of processing parameters on structure and properties of steels during their heat treatment and the ability to design simple processing schedules for common commercial steels.

Assessment

Laboratory work: 25%
Assignments: 25%
Examination (3 hours): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor George Simon

Contact hours

3 hours lecture/tutorial classes, 7.5 hours of private study per week and 18 hours laboratory classes per semester

Prerequisites

MTE2541

Prohibitions

MSC2122, MTE2502, MTE2503, MTE2504, MTE3502


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)K Suzuki

Synopsis

The unit focuses on the 'smart' functional roles of the materials in devices which depend on their electrical, optical and thermal properties. Examples of such devices are: active semiconducting devices and associated passive electrical components, 'smart' transducers, optical fibres, optical coatings, liquid crystal displays, optical storage devices, the ruby laser, the solar cell, ceramic insulators, the Peltier cooler. The functional materials will be studied at the microscopic (atomic and/or molecular) level in order to gain an understanding of the device operation. In addition, some discussion will focus on device fabrication.

Objectives

On successful completion of this course students will be able to: understand the atomic and molecular structures of functional electrical materials, describe conduction processes in metals, alloys, semiconductors, polymers and ceramics, understand the temperature dependencies of these processes to the extent that they relate to the functioning of modern devices, understand the microscopic origins of polarization processes in electrical insulators, ionic, molecular, ferroelectric and piezoelectric materials, account for optical transmission and absorption processes in polarizable electrical materials, appreciate material compatibility requirements in the fabrication of devices from different classes of materials, conduct laboratory experiments designed to measure properties and to have an appreciation of the importance of experimental accuracy in measuring physical properties, appreciate the importance of a co-operative team effort in materials evaluation, prepare and present written reports on property measurement, appreciate the role of physical property assessment in materials research and/or manufacturing.

Assessment

Written assignments: 15%
Laboratory work: 25%
Examination (3 hours): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor George Simon

Contact hours

3 hours lectures/practice classes and 7.5 hours of private study per week and six 3 hour laboratory classes per semester

Prerequisites

ENG1050, MSC1010 or by permission

Prohibitions

MTE2507, MSC2022, MSC2111


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Y-B Cheng

Synopsis

Introduction to common ceramics: industrial ceramics: ceramic crystal structures, clay based industrial ceramics, alumina, mullite; their general compositions, microstructures, processing and properties; understanding the characteristics of these materials from phase diagrams. Introduction to polymers: Polymer coil; molecular weight and molecular weight distribution; chain and step-growth polymers; tacticity; random, block and graft copolymers; solution properties; thermal properties and Tg; thermoplastics and crosslinked polymers; polymer blends.

Objectives

  1. To impart a basic knowledge of the properties of commonly used industrial ceramics
  2. To impart a basic understanding of the structural basis of the common industrial ceramics
  3. To give the students an understanding of polymer morphology and how it determines the properties

Assessment

Examination: 50%
Assignments: 30%
Laboratory: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor George Simon

Contact hours

36 lecture/practice classes and 3 laboratory experiments per semester

Prohibitions

MTE2502


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)R Lapovok

Synopsis

Normal and shear stresses in three dimensions. Mohrs circle for stress in two and three dimensions. Strain state analysis, normal, shear , principal and volumetric strains. Invariants of stress and strain. Linear elasticity. Visco-elasticity. Yielding criteria. Strain rate and temperature effects. Power-law deformation. Work hardening and hardening coefficient. True and engineering stress strain curves. Influence of the loading path on mechanical properties. Brittle failure. Yielding and yield point phenomena. Stress concentrations. Irwin analysis of stress around a crack. Fracture toughness. Griffith analysis. Phenomenological and classical theories of fracture.

Objectives

  1. An understanding of stress and elastic strain
  2. knowledge on elastic, visco-elastic and plastic deformation of materials
  3. appreciation of mechanical testing techniques
  4. basic knowledge on the fracture mechanics of materials.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 60%
Assignments: 30%
Laboratory work: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor George Simon

Contact hours

36 lecture/practice classes, 3 laboratory experiments


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)G Edward

Synopsis

The unit examines the relationship between a material's structure and its properties. Students will apply mathematical techniques to solve problems in various fields. Examples of mechanical, electrical, and magnetic properties of materials are examined by the application of matrix operations. Heat transfer and diffusion in materials processing are used as exemplars of partial differential equations and boundary value problems; the error function is introduced. Finite difference methods are explored in relation to heat transfer and diffusion problems, basic curve fitting is introduced as a way of modelling a material's response to deformation. Problems are analysed using Excel and Matlab.

Objectives

To develop:

  1. An understanding of structure-property relationships in materials engineering

  1. The ability to apply matrix operations to analyse material properties governed by material orientation

  1. The ability to apply partial differential equations and their solution to practical heat transfer and diffusion problems in materials systems

  1. A basic understanding of numerical methods

  1. Skills in the use of Excel and Matlab software.

Assessment

Assignments: 40%
Laboratory class: 10%
Examination (3 hours): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor George Simon

Contact hours

Two 1 hour lectures, one 2 hour tutorial/problem solving class, and 7.5 hours of private study per week and two 3 hour laboratory classes per semester

Prerequisites

ENG1091, ENG1060 and ENG1050 or MTE2541

Co-requisites

ENG2091

Prohibitions

MAT2921, MAT2922, MTE2543


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Q Chen

Synopsis

Classifications of biomaterials covering metallic, polymeric, ceramic and composite materials; typical structures and properties for biomedical applications. Definitions of biocompatibility and critical design criteria of biomedical devices. Introduction to basic human anatomy, human histology, cells and genes and responses of living tissues to implanted biomaterials including inflammatory responses and blood compatibility. Assessment of biocompatibility of biomaterials, sterilization procedures and an introduction to ethical and regularity issues with biomedical devices.

Objectives

MTE2548 Biomaterials I will introduce students to biomaterials and also provide a foundation for further study in biomedical engineering. The following are the specific learning objectives of this unit: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:

  • Understand the principles of biomaterials design and development
  • Have a broad knowledge of four types of biomaterials; metallic, polymeric, ceramic and composite and their use in typical devices and clinical applications
  • Have a basic understanding of the human anatomy, human histology, cell and genes in the context for the design requirements of biomedical devices
  • Understand the responses of living tissues to implanted biomaterials
  • Be aware of the most threatening human diseases and potential applications of biomaterials
  • Appreciate basic medical concepts and communicate effectively with the medical community
  • Be familiar with various evaluation techniques and biomaterials and their medical devices
  • Be familiar with methods of assessing the biocompatibility
  • Understand regulations and ethical responsibilities in the process of developing biomaterials and medical devices
  • Understand some of the material selection requirements for biomaterials

Assessment

2 practical class reports: 15%, 4 written assignments: 20%, mid-semester test: 5%
3-hour written examination: 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor George Simon

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lecture/tutorial classes per week, 2-3 hour practical classes and reports, 4 assignments


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)G P Simon

Synopsis

Corrosion of surfaces, chemical and electrochemical properties of interfaces, localized corrosion, protection of surfaces, techniques of protection, organic and inorganic surface treatments, bonding at surfaces, thermodynamics of surfaces and interfaces, adhesion and mechanical properties.

Objectives

  1. To attain an understanding of the corrosion processes and the factors influencing them

  1. To be able to choose appropriate methods for detecting and mitigating corrosion

  1. To understand the nature of interaction of surfaces and the factors which cause adhesion

  1. To be able to control features relating to adhesion such as surface pretreatments and adhesive choice and design, so as to lead to improved adhesion

  1. To understand the tests required for adhesive testing and appropriately interpret them

  1. To gain an understanding of the principles and practice of techniques for improving the properties of surfaces for engineering applications.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 55%
Practical classes: 15%
Assignments: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor George Simon

Contact hours

48 lecture/tutorials and 3 x 3 hour laboratory experiments per semester and seven hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

ENG1050 or MSC2011 or MTE2541

Co-requisites

MTE3510 or MSC3111


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)J F Nie

Synopsis

This unit deals with structural and chemical changes (phase transformations) at the atomic scale and impacts of such changes on the performance of materials in structural applications. The major strengthening mechanisms involving interactions of dislocations with obstacles are discussed This unit examines the factors that are important in influencing the structural and chemical changes and the principles for microstructrual design. It demonstrates how to use the design principles to manipulate, in a controlled manner, the alloying additions and thermomechanical processing to tailor the properties and thus the performance of materials.

Objectives

To develop:

  1. a thorough understanding of the characteristics and mechanisms of solid-state phase transformations in and their impacts on the performance of engineering alloys

  1. an understanding of the role of dislocations in determining the mechanical properties of metals and alloys

  1. in depth understanding of strengthening mechanisms in metals and alloys

  1. a knowledge of basic principles of microstructural design.

Assessment

Four laboratory classes: 20%
Three written assignments: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor George Simon

Contact hours

36 hours lectures/tutorials and 4 five-hour laboratory classes during the semester and 7 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

MTE2541 or MSC2011

Co-requisites

MTE3502, MSC3121


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)R Lapovok

Synopsis

This unit explores the relationships between the microstructure and deformation of materials. Metal forming will be linked to the factors that control formability, with yield criteria and constitutive behaviour being examined. Students will engage in finite element analysis of metal processing. Microstructural features governing fatigue, fracture and failure of structures will be explored and the extent to which we can predict failure outlined, including design against failure, critical crack size, low and high cycle fatigue. Microstructural toughening, effects of welds and thermal stability of materials will be addressed in terms of mitigation or minimization of structural defects.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be better able to:

  1. Explain the relation between plasticity and metal forming (formulate a plasticity problem in respect to a metal forming operation)

  1. Describe the main metal shaping processes

  1. Conduct a finite element analysis of a simple forming operation

  1. Suggest a formability test in relation to a given metal shaping process

  1. Calculate a yield locus and describe its use

  1. Mathematically describe a fatigue life curve and relate this to microstructures

  1. Calculate allowable crack sizes, and on this basis evaluate materials and inspection methods for a given engineering application

  1. Describe microstructural reasons for failures and methods used to prevent those failures

  1. Analyse simple engineering failures and evaluate possible remedies.

Assessment

Final examination (3 hours):60%
Assignments and case study report: 30%
Laboratory reports: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor George Simon

Contact hours

Three 1 hour lectures/tutorials per week and seven hours of private study per week. 20 hours of laboratory classes during the semester

Prerequisites

ENG1050

Prohibitions

MTE3506, MTE4561


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)J Sellar

Synopsis

Students learn to understand the interrelationship of innovation and invention, the generation and exploitation of intellectual property. By following the life cycle of manufactured goods, they see environmental effects and follow obsolescence to waste and the recycling chain. Students learn to use aids to decision making, including the identification of likely critical processes. Entering the manufacturing environment, they receive overviews of quality management and quality control, and the relationship between design, manufacture and product life. They glimpse the major forces governing workplace relations and work place conditions in Australia.

Objectives

On successful completion of this course students will be able to:

  1. understand the interrelationship of innovation and invention

  1. understand the generation and exploitation of intellectual property

  1. understand the life cycle of manufactured goods from genesis to obsolescence

  1. follow obsolescence to waste and the recycling chain.

Students will have

  • an understanding of management structures

  • an understanding of the major forces governing workplace relations and work place conditions in Australia

  • an appreciation of aids to decision making, including the identification of likely critical processes

  • an overview of quality management and quality control

  • an appreciation of the relationship between design, manufacture and product life.

Assessment

Six written assignments: 80%
Two oral presentations: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor George Simon

Contact hours

24 one-hour lectures, 18 one-hour tutorials and 102 hours of private study throughout the semester


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)K Suzuki

Synopsis

Electrical and optical properties of materials - dielectrics, ferroelectrics, superconductors and optical fibres; magnetic properties - microscopic origin of magnetism in specific classes of materials, domains, magnet fabrication and applications; nanodevices which rely on the preceding properties, experimental techniques.

Objectives

To understand the science and technology governing the important properties and uses of the major electrical, optical and magnetic materials and the development of associated nanotechnological devices.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 55%
Assignments: 12%
Laboratory work: 33%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor George Simon

Contact hours

Three one-hour lecture/tutorial classes per week and four x five hour laboratory classes during the semester and 7 hours of private study per week.

Prerequisites

MTE2544 or MSC2022 or TRC3800

Prohibitions

MSC3011, MSC3132, MTE3508


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)W D Cook

Synopsis

The importance of ceramic properties on their manufacturing is highlighted. The mechanical and thermal properties of ceramics, the structure and production of amorphous ceramics and porous ceramics, the glass transition, optical and electrical properties of glass. The mechanical properties of polymers are very dependent on the timescale and temperature and so the structural basis of linear viscoelasticity and time/temperature superposition are discussed. The mechanical properties of elastomers, crosslinking and reinforcement, rubber elasticity and the tear and fatigue of elastomers. The Eyring theory and methods of toughening polymers are discussed.

Objectives

On successful completion of this course students will be able to:

  1. develop a detailed understanding of the processing methods of ceramics and understand how their properties are controlled by their structure; be able to predict the behaviour of thermosets, elastomers and composites, based on their composition

  1. develop a detailed understanding of the time and temperature dependent mechanical properties of plastics and elastomers, and the mechanisms of deformation and methods of toughening them.

Assessment

Four written assignments: 20%
Practical classes: 20%
Examination (3 hours): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor George Simon

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lecture/tutorial classes and seven hours of private study per week. 4 x 5-hour practical classes throughout the semester

Prerequisites

MTE2541 or MSC2011

Co-requisites

MTE2545

Prohibitions

MTE3504, MTE3507


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)N Birbilis

Synopsis

Metals, ceramics and polymers may be characterised using a number of techniques, and some of these will be explored in this unit. The techniques can be broadly split into direct (imaging, chemical analysis) and indirect (scattering) techniques. The principles underlying techniques such as x-ray diffractometry, electron microscopy, photoelectron or mass spectroscopy and gel permeation chromatography are explained. Students will investigate the design of experiments, testing for relationships among variables and curve fitting. Models will be related to the characterization techniques studied by the application of appropriate models to real data.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will develop skills to be able to:

  1. Understand the interaction of ionising radiation with materials and the resultant secondary effects; derive the structure factor and extinction law in diffraction events

  1. Account for the optics in optical and electron microscopy and types of lens defects and the limit of resolution

  1. Understand the electron inelastic mean free path and the escape depth and their significance in surface analysis

  1. Interpret results of basic characterisation techniques which include XRD, SEM and TEM

  1. Recognise the capabilities of a range of other characterisation techniques including XPS/UPS, AES, RBS, SIMS and Massbauer spectroscopy

  1. Identify significant interactions among variables in an experiment, and design an experiment to extract those interactions

  1. Use a difference equation to model simple dynamical systems

  1. Propose and analyse an appropriate model for given scenarios

  1. Construct a simple simulation using a probabilistic model.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 50%
Four written assignments: 20%
Laboratory work 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor George Simon

Contact hours

3 x 1-hour lecture/tutorial classes and seven hours of private study per week and 4 x 5-hour laboratory sessions throughout the semester

Prerequisites

MSC2011 or MTE2541

Prohibitions

MSC3142


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2010 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)C Hutchinson

Synopsis

An introduction to the computational/modelling approaches currently available in materials science and engineering is provided. The reasons for using modelling approaches are discussed and the different types of models available are outlined. For each of the length scales important in understanding material behaviour (nano-, micro-, meso- and macro-), the available modelling techniques are outlined and their principles, methods of implementation, advantages, disadvantages and perceived future developments are discussed. Examples of modelling approaches will be selected from all classes of materials. The general methodology used for constructing models is emphasised.

Objectives

On successful completion of this units students will:

  1. understand the role (and potential role) of modelling and simulation in understanding material behaviour
  2. appreciate the different types of modelling approaches that can be used (empirical, semi-empirical, physically-based, etc) and the advantages and disadvantages of each
  3. understand the methodology used to construct and test models in materials science and engineering
  4. understand the general principles, advantages and disadvantages underlying the most common modelling techniques used in materials science and engineering and the time and length scale at which they are applicable
  5. for a given problem in materials science and engineering, understand exactly which types of modelling approaches could provide helpful insight to the problem, and experience formulating a model for the problem, simulating results and analysing the outcomes.

Assessment

Test: 15%
Minor assignment: 15%
Major assignment: 40%
Examination (2 hours): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor George Simon

Contact hours

Three 1 hour lecture/tutorial classes, one 2 hour practice class and seven hours of private study per week.

Prerequisites

MTE3542

Prohibitions

MTE4590


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2010 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)W Cook

Synopsis

Crosslinking processes of network polymer formation and commodity and specialty applications and processing. The phase transformation processes of gelation and vitrification and the influence of crosslinking on viscosity, Tg, modulus and swelling and ultimate properties. For composites, the improvement of properties by appropriate selection of resin and fibre types and the methods of composite fabrication. Prediction of the orientation dependence of the elastic properties and strength of fibre composites and the importance of load transfer on the strength of composites is derived. The stress-strain relationships for isotropic and anisotropic composites and a review of composite toughness.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. develop a detailed understanding of the chemistry, structure, properties and applications of network polymers and of polymer composites

  1. be able to predict the behaviour of thermosets, elastomers and composites, based on their composition

  1. gain the ability to select appropriate thermosets, elastomers and composites for specific applications and to understand the formulation of these materials

  1. develop the confidence to be able to communicate with scientists and industrialists regarding thermosets, elastomers and composites.

Assessment

Four written assignments: 20%
Problem based learning exercise work: 20%
Examination (3 hours): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor George Simon

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lecture/tutorial classes, one 3-hour problem based learning exercise class, and six hours of private study per week.

Co-requisites

MTE2545, MTE3546

Prohibitions

MTE4554, MTE4560, MTE4591


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)C Hutchinson

Synopsis

Project in the materials field involving a literature survey, experimental or theoretical program, preparation and an oral defence of a technical poster.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor George Simon

Prerequisites

Completion of 120 points or permission


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)C Hutchinson

Synopsis

Project in the materials field involving a literature survey, experimental or theoretical program, preparation and presentation of a technical paper.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor George Simon

Prerequisites

MTE4525


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)N Birbilis

Synopsis

This unit is expected to develop discernment of good and poor design and the close relationship between design, manufacture and material. It engenders an appreciation of the role and responsibility of the engineer in management of risk - be it economic or personal (through design, manufacturing and use). It also develops a knowledge of the framework within which engineers work and manage - workplace relations. In addition it looks at the role computers play in all facets of the current engineering environment, including the key areas of design, analysis, machining and robotics. It seeks to give students practical skills in these areas, in particular in the area of computer-aided drafting.

Objectives

To develop:

  1. an appreciation of design procedures and to develop discernment of good and poor design. Approaches to design, innovative vs incremental design, robust design. Design criteria, costing of materials and manufacture, selection of materials and manufacturing technique
  2. an appreciation of the relationship between design, manufacture and material
  3. using the above knowledge, the ability to undertake a prescribed design task as part of a design team
  4. skills in project management
  5. an engineering perspective on management of risk - economic and personal (in manufacturing and use).
  6. an understanding of workplace relations and important industrial legislation
  7. an overview of some of the computer-based techniques/tools prevalent in the modern engineering design environment
  8. skills in the use of computer-aided drafting and design (CAD)
  9. an understanding of the utility of mathematical model simulations to aid in design and processing of materials (computer aided analysis, CAA)
  10. an appreciation of the use of computers in automating and increasing the precision of manufacturing (CAM).

Assessment

Design project (50%)
Written assignment (40%)
Computer-based test (10%)

Chief examiner(s)

Professor George Simon

Contact hours

Three 1 hour lecture/practice classes and 9 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

MTE3544 or by permission

Prohibitions

MTE4521, MTE4522


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)W D Cook

Synopsis

This unit deals with the structure, processing and properties of polymers and shows how these aspects determine their use in particular applications. The rheology of polymers are discussed and the factors controlling viscosity are described and related to polymer processing. The thermodynamics of polymer blends and the resulting morphology is related to the mechanical properties. The wide range of polymer additives is reviewed. For composite materials, the types of matrices and fibres/fillers are described as well as composite fabrication and the effect of reinforcement on properties. Designing with polymers and materials selection for properties and applications is studied in detail.

Objectives

On successful completion of this course students will have:

  1. an understanding of steady shear, tensile and dynamic rheometry and how polymer rheology depends on molecular weight, structure, temperature and deformation rate, and how this determines the processing techniques used.

  1. an understanding of the factors affecting the stiffness and creep, the strength and toughness, the solvent resistance, electrical properties and the friction/wear of polymers

  1. developed a detailed understanding of the basis behind the selection of polymers and processing methods for specific applications and the properties required for their application

  1. developed an ability to analyse a design problem involving polymeric materials, to select the appropriate material(s) and to formulate a solution which includes material fabrication, reliability, quality control and an estimate of cost

  1. the ability to predict the properties of thermoplastics, thermosets, elastomers and composites, based on their structure

  1. developed the confidence to be able to communicate with scientists and industrialists regarding engineering polymers.

Assessment

Four written assignments: 20%
PBLE work: 20%
Examination (3 hours): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor George Simon

Contact hours

3 hours lectures/tutorials and 7.5 hours of private study per week and 3 hours of problem based learning classes every two weeks

Prerequisites

MTE2545 or MTE3546

Prohibitions

MTE4560


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Y-B Cheng

Synopsis

The first part of this unit will focus on processing of cast and wrought metals. In particular, foundry technology and design of castings, welding and design of weldments and approaches to obtaining high quality 'clean' steel will be addressed. Selection of an appropriate thermomechanical processing schedule in order to achieve the required microstructure and properties of steels will be discussed. The second part of the unit will introduce ceramic processing technologies including green body shaping, solid state sintering, liquid phase sintering, hot-pressing and sol-gel processing. Microstructures of ceramics and their effects on the materials properties will be presented.

Objectives

To develop:

  1. a basic knowledge on the form of arc welded joints, the macro- and micro- structure of arc welded joints and metallurgical defects

  1. an understanding of the range of casting processes available and of the mould design requirements for the production of sound castings

  1. ability to analyse the effect on a metal's microstructure of varying the processing parameters under which the metal is produced

  1. an understanding of the mechanisms of different ceramic processing techniques;

  1. an understanding of typical ceramic microstructures and their effects on ceramic properties.

Assessment

Two written assignments: 20%
Laboratory classes: 20%
Examination (3 hours): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor George Simon

Contact hours

3 hours lectures/tutorials, 7.5 hours of private study per week and 15 hours laboratory classes per semester

Prerequisites

MTE3546, MTE3542 or MSC3021

Prohibitions

MTE4561, MTE4562, MTE4536


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)C Hutchinson

Synopsis

An introduction to the computational/modelling approaches currently available in materials science and engineering is provided. The reasons for using modelling approaches are discussed and the different types of models available are outlined. For each of the length scales important in understanding material behaviour (nano-, micro-, meso- and macro-), the available modelling techniques are outlined and their principles, methods of implementation, advantages, disadvantages and perceived future developments are discussed. Examples of modelling approaches will be selected from all classes of materials. The general methodology used for constructing models is emphasised.

Objectives

On successful completion of this course students will:

  1. understand the role (and potential role) of modelling and simulation in understanding material behaviour

  1. appreciate the different types of modelling approaches that can be used (empirical, semi-empirical, physically-based, etc) and the advantages and disadvantages of each

  1. understand the methodology used to construct and test models in materials science and engineering

  1. understand the general principles, advantages and disadvantages underlying the most common modelling techniques used in materials science and engineering and the time and length scale at which they are applicable

  1. for a given problem in materials science and engineering, understand exactly which types of modelling approaches could provide helpful insight to the problem, and experience formulating a model for the problem, simulating results and analysing the outcomes.

Assessment

Minor Assignment: 15%
Test: 15%
Major Assignment: 40%
Examination (2 hours): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor George Simon

Contact hours

3 hours lecture/tutorial classes, 2 hours practice class and 7 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

MTE3547 or MSC3142

Prohibitions

MTE3590


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2010 (Off-campus Day)
Coordinator(s)W Cook

Synopsis

Crosslinking processes of network polymer formation and commodity and specialty applications and processing. The phase transformation processes of gelation and vitrification and the influence of crosslinking on viscosity, Tg, modulus and swelling and ultimate properties. For composites, the improvement of properties by appropriate selection of resin and fibre types and the methods of composite fabrication. Prediction of the orientation dependence of the elastic properties and strength of fibre composites and the importance of load transfer on the strength of composites is derived. The stress-strain relationships for isotropic and anisotropic composites and a review of composite toughness.

Objectives

On successful completion of this course students will be able to:

  1. develop a detailed understanding of the chemistry, structure, properties and applications of network polymers and of polymer composites

  1. be able to predict the behaviour of thermosets, elastomers and composites, based on their composition

  1. gain the ability to select appropriate thermosets, elastomers and composites for specific applications and to understand the formulation of these materials

  1. develop the confidence to be able to communicate with scientists and industrialists regarding thermosets, elastomers and composites.

Assessment

Four written assignments: 20%
Problem based learning exercises: 20%
Examination (3 hours): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor George Simon

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lecture/tutorial classes, one 3-hour problem based learning exercise class, and six hours of private study per week.

Co-requisites

MTE2545, MTE3546

Prohibitions

MTE3591, MTE4554, MTE4560


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)J R Sellar

Synopsis

The first part of this unit will focus on structural ceramics including zirconium oxides, silicon nitride, sialons, silicon carbide and ceramic particulate and fibre reinforced composites, their processing and applications. The crystal structures of the different materials and their properties will be correlated. Examples include cutting tools, wear parts and advanced refractories. The second part of the unit will introduce functional ceramics, predominantly those used in electrical or electronic applications, their microstructure and nanostructure. Examples include thermistors, varistors, capacitors, multi-layer substrates, piezoelectric and electrooptic transducers, and gas sensors.

Objectives

To develop:

  1. A knowledge of the fabrication methods, property measurements, sintering and microstructure of a range of advanced ceramics and an understanding of how these factors affect the mechanical, physical and electrical properties of the materials.

  1. An understanding of the different classes of functional ceramics used for example as electrical, optical, wear resistant and gas sensor materials

  1. An understanding of the criteria for selection of advanced ceramics for various applications. An analysis of the reason(s) for the selection of a particular material for a particular application

  1. A detailed practical appreciation of the fabrication and testing of several structural and functional ceramics.

Assessment

Laboratory work: 15%
Two written assignments: 20%
Examination (3 hours): 65%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor George Simon

Contact hours

3 hours lectures/tutorials, 8 hours of private study per week and 9 hours laboratory classes per semester

Prerequisites

MTE3546

Prohibitions

MTE4562


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedNot offered in 2010
Coordinator(s)J R Sellar

Synopsis

This unit provides an introduction to the political, social and environment background to materials recycling and looks at motivations for recycling. Major technologies relating to the recycling of metals, plastics, glass, paper and ceramic materials are discussed: involving looking at the choice between materials reclamation, energy recovery and landfill. It considers the economics of materials production, as well as 'cradle-to-grave' analyses of materials including products and by-products of the nuclear fuel cycle. In particular it looks at life-cycle analysis techniques. Market failure in the economics of the environment and the role of externalities and their remedies are covered.

Objectives

The student will develop an understanding of the economic, social, political and technical aspects of materials recycling, an appreciation of the role of recycling in the broader environmental context, the capacity to undertake life-cycle analysis of products or services, and technical knowledge in the main areas of recycling including polymers, ceramics, metals and paper.

Assessment

Two written assignments: 25%
Oral presentation: 5%
Tests: 10%
Examination (3 hours): 60%

Contact hours

3 hours lectures/tutorials and 9 hours private study per week

Prerequisites

ENE2503 or MTE2541 or MSC2011

Prohibitions

ENE4506


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedNot offered in 2010
Coordinator(s)C Hutchinson

Synopsis

Engineering alloys play a vital role in modern society. In almost all structural applications the principle loads are carried by engineering alloys. The reasons underlying this choice are discussed and the general methodology used to choose a material for use in a new application is presented. The link between processing, microstructure and properties is emphasized. A selection of engineering alloys, including steels (carbon, alloy, stainless, dual phase, TRIP/TWIP), cast irons, aluminium, magnesium, titanium, nickel and cobalt-based superalloys and zirconium alloys, is discussed. The state-of-the-art approaches to the design and development of new alloys for the 21st century are outlined.

Objectives

To develop:

  1. a thorough understanding of the combinations of mechanical properties exhibited by engineering alloys and how these compare with other materials classes

  1. an understanding of the methodology used in objectively selecting a material and processing procedure for a given engineering application

  1. in depth understanding of the microstructures and their development for the most common classes of engineering alloys

  1. an understanding of the principles of microstructural design for mechanical applications.

Assessment

Alloy selection exercise: 25%
Alloy systems project: 25%
Examination (3 hours): 50%

Contact hours

3 hours lectures/tutorials and 9 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

MTE3542 or MSC3121


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedNot offered in 2010
Coordinator(s)M Forsyth

Synopsis

Introduction to the typical manifestations and types of corrosion usually found in the field in areas including marine, chemical/manufacture, transport and offshore industries. Emphasis will be placed on identification and recognition of the types of corrosion likely to occur and then taking this further towards developing strategies to mitigate the corrosion. The mechanisms of corrosion in some environments will also be studied, including stress corrosion cracking and microbiologically induced corrosion, corrosion in reinforced concrete based structures. Corrosion mitigation mechanisms will be discussed, including, materials selection, cathodic protection, coatings and inhibitors.

Objectives

To gain a detailed understanding of corrosion mechanisms and methods of corrosion prevention and protection.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 50%
One written assignment: 20%
Group project: 30%

Contact hours

Three hours lectures/tutorials and 7.5 hrs of private study per week and 15 hours laboratory classes/projects per semester

Prerequisites

MTE3541 or MSC3111 or by permission


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)J S Forsythe

Synopsis

Biocompatibility is explored and is related to the foreign body response. The importance of the interfacial properties of biomaterials is covered and includes factors affecting cellular response and protein adsorption. Polymers and ceramics used in medicine are reviewed with examples including the total hip joint replacement (TFJR), heart valves, catheters and vascular grafts and hydrogels used in ophthalomology. Drug delivery devices are reviewed and include degradation mechanisms and kinetics. Biomaterials with biological recognition and smart biomaterials will be studied. Biosensors and examples in bionanotechnology will be investigated. Tissue engineering and scaffold manufacture is covered and the use of stem cells for regenerative medicine reviewed.

Objectives

Have a basic understanding of the processes involved in the foreign body response and biocompatibility

Appreciate some factors that affect protein adsorption

Understand the different classes of polymeric biomaterials used in the body.

Be familiar with some of the degradation processes of polymers

Describe some methods of drug delivery

Describe the action and use of smart materials

Be familiar with ceramic materials used in body and some aspects of thermal spraying

Understand some techniques used in tissue engineering including some methods of scaffold manufacture

Understand some techniques commonly used to characterise biomaterial surfaces.

Be able to review a journal article and provide a detailed assessment.

Have an ability to communicate within a team, and submit a group assignment.

Assessment

Examination (2 hours): 50%
Mid-semester test (1 hour): 20%
Individual assignment: 10%
Group assignment: 10%
Laboratory work:10%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor George Simon

Contact hours

2 hours lectures, 1 hour tutorials, 8 hours of private study per week per week and 6 hours laboratory classes per semester

Prerequisites

Must have passed 96 credit points

Prohibitions

MTE4539, MTE5596


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)G Simon

Synopsis

This unit aims to develop an understanding of synthetic methods, properties and applications of nanomaterials and nanofabrication techniques. The nanomaterials include one-dimensional nanotubes, nanorods, nanowires and nanofibres, two-dimensional thin films, nanoporous materials and nanocomposites. Nanofabrication techniques such as lithography and self-assembly will be introduced. Nanocomposites based on biomimicry will be discussed. Case studies in nanomaterials.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will understand the concepts of nanostructures and nanofabrication, with a thorough knowledge of synthesis, properties and applications of nanomaterials. They will understand engineering applications of nanomaterials in engineering applications, particularly as relates to making nanocomposites with other materials. They will understand the usefulness of the biomimetic approach in designing synthetic structures based on nature. Students will appreciate new advances lying at the interface of engineering and biology. They should have improved skills in team work, understanding the literature, completing tasks as part of a team, and also obtain improved oral and written communication skills.

Assessment

Lab experiments: 10%
Projects: 20%
Individual tests: 20%
Examination (3 hours): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor George Simon

Contact hours

Two 1 hour lectures, one 1 hour tutorial/practice session, 8.5 hours of private study per week, and two 3 hour laboratory sessions per semester

Prerequisites

MTE2541 or MSC2011

Prohibitions

CHE4192


6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedGippsland First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)P Higgins and W Kirstine

Synopsis

PHS1731 assumes a mathematical background of VCE maths methods 3 and 4 or equivalent. It is designed for students that have an interest in physical computations and the practical applications of physical principles. Topics covered in this unit include: description of linear motion, statics and equilibrium, simple machines dynamics and kinematics of motion in two dimensions, work, energy and energy conversion, momentum, rotational motion, properties of materials with applications, basic concepts of waves and their role in the transport of energy and information, acoustics, introduction to fluid statics and dynamics, principles of electricity, electrical measurement and monitoring.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students should be able to: apply linear kinematic relationships, involving scalars and vectors to analyse typical situations encountered in engineering applications; apply the linear and rotational requirements for equilibrium to examine static mechanical structures and the operation of simple machines; apply the concepts of stress and strain to a material under load; use the principles of rotational dynamics to determine and predict the behaviour of fixed-axis rotating systems, including flywheels and turbines; apply Archimedes' and Pascal's principles and Bernoulli's theorem to analyse streamline fluid flow; apply the principles of harmonic motion to vibrating systems and predict the features of damped and forced oscillations; analyse and predict the behaviour of waves in various media, including adsorption of acoustic waves, scattering by reflection, refraction and diffraction; analyse simple DC circuits involving series and parallel resistors and describe the properties and circuit influences of capacitors and inductors; recognise the role of measurement, sensors and monitoring systems and the limitations inherent in instruments and their usage.

Assessment

Written examinations 70%
Laboratory projects and reports 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Dushmanta Dutta

Contact hours

39 hours lectures/tutorials plus 36 hours of laboratory work for the semester, and 6 hours per week of private study.

Prohibitions

ENG1801, ENG1802, PHS1011, PHS1022, PHS1031


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)J Armstrong

Synopsis

This unit begins with baseband digital transmission, error detection and correction, including source coding, line coding, pulse shaping, ISI and Nyquist criterion, error probability with and without coding, information theory, and limitations to compression and error correction. Modulation schemes covered include AM, FM and phase modulation, digital modulation, PAM, QAM, constellation diagrams, multi-path propagation and multi-carrier modulation, OFDM, and multiple access techniques. Circuit switching and packet switching will be contrasted, including signalling and the OSI reference model of layered protocols. Finally the effects of noise, interference and cross-talk will be covered.

Objectives

An understanding of modern digital communications systems, how they exploit spectrum allocation, and how they deal with noise and interference.

Assessment

Laboratory and assignment work: 30%
Examinations (3 hours): 70%. Student must achieve a mark of 45% in each component to achieve an overall pass grade

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Arthur Lowery

Contact hours

3 hours/week lectures and 3 hours/week laboratory and practice classes and 6 hours of private study per week

Prohibitions

ECE2041, ECE2401, TEC2740


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)m premaratne

Synopsis

This unit provides an introduction to computers and CPU organisation, assemblers and compilers, and algorithm design for engineering problems. It covers the language C and its implementation on a typical computer, including standard data types, arrays, control statements, functions, including ways of parameter passing, C library functions, pointers, strings, arrays of pointers, structures, linked lists and binary tree data structures, dynamic memory allocations, and calls to assembly language programs. Object-oriented programming is introduced. Software engineering is covered as the methodology of software development and lifecycle models. Operating system concepts are introduced.

Objectives

To understand the basic concepts of computer programming, and to learn to program in the C language.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 70%
Laboratory and assignment work: 30%. Student must achieve a mark of 45% in each component to achieve an overall pass grade

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Arthur Lowery

Contact hours

3 hours/week lectures and 3 hours/week laboratory and practice classes and 6 hours of private study per week

Prohibitions

CSE1301, ECE2071, TEC2041, TEC2042, TEC2541, TRC2400


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)L Kleeman

Synopsis

This unit introduces the student to modern logic design techniques, hardware used and common representations. Topics include two and multi-level combinational logic, decoders, multiplexers, arithmetic circuits, programmable and steering logic, flip-flops, registers, counters, RAM and ROM. Using this hardware the design component will include finite state machine design and applications to computer data path control. This will incorporate simple analogue and digital I/O interfacing. Programmable logic devices will be covered, and the use of a hardware description language for describing, synthesizing and testing digital logic. Laboratories cover logic design, implementation, and testing.

Objectives

To understand the analysis and design of complex digital systems from building blocks, using modern digital design software.

Assessment

Laboratory and assignment work: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%. Student must achieve a mark of 45% in each component to achieve an overall pass grade

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Arthur Lowery

Contact hours

3 hours lectures and 3 hours laboratory and practice classes and 6 hours of private study per week

Prohibitions

ECE2701, ECE2072, TEC2443, TEC2444, TRC2300


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedNot offered in 2010
Coordinator(s)R Rimington

Synopsis

Development, use and selection of verbal, non-verbal, written, graphical and pictorial skills. Formal and informal communications. Committee skills, chairing and minuting of meetings. Local and remote conferencing. Surveys and interviews - the CV and job interviews. Cultural hurdles. Alternative written communication systems. Technical reports and procedures. Public presentations. The jargon divide. Development of leadership skills. Graphical aspects of web page design. An introduction to Project Management. Bachelor of Technology projects in level 3.

Objectives

To develop communications skills and understand project management.

Assessment

Laboratory and assignment work: 100%. Student must achieve a mark of 45% in each component to achieve an overall pass grade

Contact hours

2 hours of lectures, 4 hours of laboratory and practice classes and 6 hours of practice classes per week

Prohibitions

TEC3521


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)A Price

Synopsis

This unit provides an introduction to computer architecture using a modern microprocessor as an example. Practical considerations involved in interconnecting logic element are explored, along with software and hardware techniques for interfacing computers to peripheral devices. An introduction to communication protocols used to connect local peripheral devices to a microprocessor, including RS232/RS422/RS485, CAN bus and i2C is provided. Real time systems including concurrency, inter-process communications and scheduling are introduced.

Objectives

To impart knowledge of a microprocessor system at all levels of abstraction, including an understanding of each of the elements of a computer system and the interaction between those elements, and an awareness of the hardware and software requirements that must be met in order for digital systems to interact correctly within themselves and with the outside world.
To develop the ability to write microcode for a simple microprocessor and for a current microprocessor that will control a number of peripheral devices using polling loops, interrupts and DMA to interface a microcontroller to other digital hardware including memory and peripheral devices, to interface a microcontroller system to external sensors and actuators, and to write time-critical software that will run under a real time operating system.

Assessment

Continuous assessment: 30%
Examination: (3 hours): 70%. Students must achieve a mark of 45% in each of these two component to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Arthur Lowery

Contact hours

3 hours lectures, 3 hours laboratory and practice classes and 6 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

TEC2172, TEC2173

Prohibitions

ECE3073, GSE2303, GSE3802, TRC3300


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)A Price

Synopsis

This unit extends the level of complexity of electronic design by integrating and applying knowledge from a number of second year units. Students will use knowledge from linear and non-linear electronics, computer engineering and communications engineering, to tackle a group project. Students will learn and practice project management skills, and extend their experience of working in groups. The project will extend the design processes introduced in the earlier units to a larger, more complex, and less constrained situation.

Objectives

  • integration and application of knowledge from different areas
  • practical experience of the tools of circuit design of greater complexity
  • experience in reading a wide range of component data and extracting the relevant information
  • skills to work in teams
  • skills to find optima in designs subject to constraints
  • confidence to consider many possible solutions and choose on the data available
  • experience of practical problems of more complex electronic constructions

Assessment

Project: 70%, Requirements Analysis Document: 10%, Design Specification Document: 10%, Presentation: 10%. Students must achieve a mark of 45% in each of these two components to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Arthur Lowery

Contact hours

2 hours lectures and 4 hours laboratory and practice classes, and 7 hours of private study per week.

Prerequisites

TEC2172, TEC2173

Prohibitions

ECE3905, ECE3091


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)A Price

Synopsis

An investigation into an technical/scientific problem related to the student's particular field of interest. The investigation may be either university or industry based, and, where possible, be developed on data generated by industry. The investigation may be supported by laboratory work, field studies and/or literature searches as appropriate.

Objectives

To learn how to analyse a technical/scientific problem, and set a plan to solve it.
To learn literature search and library research methods.
To improve ability to work independently or as a team member, deliver a progress report, prepare a written technical report and project management.
To present findings to an audience.
To gain confidence in organising and undertaking an engineering project.

Assessment

Panel assessment of the achievement of the student in the project, as evidenced by a presentation, a poster and a written report: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Arthur Lowery

Contact hours

12 hours per week working on the project

Prerequisites

Must have passed 84 credit points

Prohibitions

TEC3333


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)A Price

Synopsis

An investigation into a technical/scientific problem related to the student's particular field of interest. The investigation may be either university or industry based, and, where possible, be developed on data generated by industry. The investigation may be supported by laboratory work, field studies and/or literature searches as appropriate.

Objectives

To learn how to analyse a technical/scientific problem, and set a plan to solve it.
To learn literature search and library research methods.
To improve ability to work independently or as a team member, deliver a progress report, prepare a written technical report and project management.
To present findings to an audience.
To gain confidence in organising and undertaking an engineering project.

Assessment

Panel assessment of the achievement of the student in the project, as evidenced by a presentation, a poster and a written report: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Arthur Lowery

Contact hours

12 hours per week working on the project

Prerequisites

TEC3194 or TEC3333

Prohibitions

TEC3334


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedNot offered in 2010
Coordinator(s)R Rimington

Synopsis

This unit will introduce a range of topics relevant to Bachelor of Technology (Computer Studies) graduates working in a business environment, particularly in management positions. Areas covered include: management of people, working in teams, managing finances, financial decision making, introductory marketing principles, principles of business planning, legal issues and the role of the professional graduate.

Objectives

To gain an understanding of the role of a manager and the skills required to manage effectively in varying types of organisations.
To gain an understanding of the use and format of basic financial reports.
To learn the basic principles of marketing, business planning and legal issues relevant to their area.
To become able to make effective business decisions due to increased knowledge of processes and use of relevant information, and understand important aspects relating to legal issues and professional behaviour.

Assessment

Examination: (3 hours) 70%
Continuous assessment: 30%. Students must achieve a mark of 45% in each of these two components to achieve an overall pass grade.

Contact hours

3 hours lectures and 2 hours laboratory and practice classes, and 7 hours of private study per week

Prohibitions

ECE3907


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)R Russell (Clayton); K Tan (Msia)

Synopsis

Design of machine elements: bearings, shafts, welds, fasteners, gears etc. Techniques for improving mechatronic designs based on economic and functional consideration. Geometric tolerancing. The use of solid modelling in the simulation of kinematic behaviour of mechatronic devices and in the production of engineering drawings. Integration of studies in the group-design of a mechatronic device.

Objectives

This unit provides a focus in level 2 of the mechatronics program where studies from the first semester are integrated into whole mechatronic design tasks involving a combination of individual and group work. Additional mechanical elements are included in this unit so that moderately complex mechatronic devices can be designed and evaluated theoretically by using conventional mathematical techniques, and geometrically and kinematically by constructing virtual devices in solid modeling software.

Assessment

Tutorial work: 10%
Assignments: 60%
Examination (2 hours): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Mark Thompson

Contact hours

3 hours lectures, 2 hours laboratory/tutorial and 7 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

TRC2100 or MEC2402

Co-requisites

TRC2201

Prohibitions

MEC2450, MEC2406


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)B W Field (Clayton); K S Ong (M'sia)

Synopsis

A systematic method of capturing design requirements, tools for ideation, estimation and decision-making. Primary and secondary manufacturing processes, assembly techniques. Engineering graphics for problem-solving, manufacturing communication and ideation. Report writing, teamwork in solving design problems involving the integration of mechatronic elements in prototype conception, construction and testing.

Objectives

The student is expected to develop basic engineering design skills that include techniques for defining problems from open-ended specifications, tools for creating design concepts and systematic procedures for choosing between design alternatives. The student will also become aware of a range of manufacturing technologies, be able to design artifacts to suit those processes, and be able to communicate the design intent by drawings produced to the Australian standard AS1100.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 40%
Tutorial work: 10%
Assignments: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Mark Thompson

Contact hours

2 hours lectures, 3 hours laboratory, 1 hour practice classes and 6 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

Successful completion of 42 cps

Prohibitions

MEC1414, MEC2414, MEC2402, MEC2420


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)P Ranganathan, F McClure

Synopsis

This unit provides the discipline basis for applications in energy, power and motive force where fluids are involved. It also provides a basic level of knowledge and problem solving capability in heat transfer. These disciplines are central to mechanical engineering and, as a consequence, are essential knowledge for mechatronic engineers whose designs usually have mechanical elements. Also, they provide the basis for the use of hydraulic and pneumatic power as motive forces, which also form an important part of the unit content.

Objectives

To understand the concepts of thrmo-fluid properties, systems and control volumes. To be able to analyse thermodynamic processes and simple cycles. To be able to calculate hydrodynamic forces on in static fluids or those in rigid body motion. To be able calculate fluid flow in pipes, including pumps, valves and other fittings. To be able to analyse and design the elements of fluid and pneumatic control systems.

Assessment

Test and assignments: 30%
Examination: 70%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Mark Thompson

Contact hours

3 hours lectures, 3 hours of problem solving classes or laboratories and 6 hours of private study per week

Prohibitions

IND2405, MEC2404, MEC2405


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)J Ghojel, J Chiang (Sunway)

Synopsis

Experimental mechanics: particle dynamics, experimentation, modelling. Kinematics: position, velocity and acceleration; analysis and applications; translational and rotational motion of free and constrained forces, their origin and significance; energy dissipation in mechanical systems; mass moment of inertia; linear and angular momentum. Analysis and synthesis of planar mechanisms. Fundamentals of mechanical vibrations. Strength of materials: stress and strain in 2D and 3D, Mohr circle. Equilibrium and compatibility equations; Hookes law. Simple failure criteria. Shear force and bending moments, moments of area, deflection of beams, buckling.

Objectives

On completion of this units students should be able to:

  1. understand how the observed phenomenon of motion can be analyzed mathematically

  1. understand the concepts of position, velocity and acceleration as applied to the kinematics of particle and whole body motion and to be able to solve problems of translational motion

  1. apply Newton's laws to the dynamics of motion

  1. extend kinematics and dynamics to rotational motion and to be able to calculate mass moments of inertia for simple elements

  1. understand the concepts of stress and strain and the Mohr circle as applied to structures

  1. calculate bending moments and shear forces

  1. understand Hookes law and failure criteria in elastic materials

  1. calculate deflections in beams and buckling in columns using moments of area information

  1. observe all of the above phenomena in the laboratory and to learn how to measure key variables.

Assessment

Test: 10%
Class work: 20%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Mark Thompson

Contact hours

3 hours lectures, 3 hours of practice/laboratory classes and 6 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

Must have passed 42 credit points

Prohibitions

GSE2402, IND2422, MEC2401, MEC2440


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)L Kleeman

Synopsis

An introduction to modern logic design, hardware and representations. Two and multi-level combinational logic, decoders, multiplexers, arithmetic circuits, programmable and steering logic, flip-flops, registers, counters, RAM and ROM, finite state machine design and application to computer data path control. Programmable logic devices and hardware description languages will be introduced for describing, synthesizing and testing digital logic. An introduction will be given to VLSI design. Laboratories cover logic design, implementation, testing and CAD.

Objectives

The student is expected to acquire a basic knowledge and understanding of the discrete representation of information and its processing in digital logic systems; the flexibility and diversity of applications of digital logic; both combinational and sequential logic implementations; the non-ideal properties of logic circuits and their design constraints; and an introduction to the use of hardware description languages and programmable logic devices.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 70%
Laboratory work: 20%
Written assignments: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Arthur Lowery

Contact hours

3 hours lectures, 3 hours laboratory/practice classes and 6 hours of private study a week

Prohibitions

ECE2701, ECE2702, GSE2303, TEC2712


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)A Russell (Clayton); A Senanayake (Msia)

Synopsis

Introduction to computer and CPU organization. Assembly language programming of a contemporary microprocessor. Introduction to assemblers and compilers. The C higher level language and its implementation on a typical computer. Standard data types, arrays; control statements; functions including parameters. Calls to assembly language programs. Object oriented programming and C++. Software engineering, the methodology of software development and lifecycle models. Introduction to operating system concepts. Programming in Java. PLC programming.

Objectives

To understand the rudiments of computer architecture and operation and how an assembly language program can be run.

To develop some skill in assembly language programming

To understand how a compiler for a higher level language is structured and implemented.

To learn the elements of C language programming and to develop a degree of proficiency in writing C language programs

To learn how to call assembler programs from C. To learn about the special features of C++

To learn about the rudiments of operating systems

To acquire an introductory knowledge of Java

To develop some skill in programming Programmable Logic Controllers (PLCs).

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 70%
Laboratory and assignment work: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Arthur Lowery

Contact hours

3 hours lectures, 3 hours of practice/laboratory classes and 6 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

ENG1060

Prohibitions

CSE1301, ECE2171, ECE2701, ECE2702, TEC2041, TEC2042


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)A Lowery (Clayton); S M Low (Sunway)

Synopsis

Time domain response of first- and second-order circuits. Sinusoidal steady-state analysis using phasors. Frequency response of circuits in gain and phase. Use of decibels in circuit analysis. Use of the Laplace transform in solving circuit problems. Poles and zeros of network functions. Characteristics of bipolar junction and MOSFET devices. Applications of diodes in clipping, clamping, rectifying and regulation. Use of transistors in amplifier circuits. Operational amplifiers and their use in amplification, signal processing and filtering applications. Use of transistors in logic circuits. Characteristics of electronic switching devices and their use in power electronic equipment.

Objectives

On completion of this unit the students should be able to:

  1. formulate and solve the equations that describe first- and second-order circuits in the time domain

  1. formulate and solve circuit problems in the sinusoidal steady state using phasor analysis

  1. derive and understand the frequency response of circuits

  1. use the Laplace transform approach to solve circuit problems, especially with regard to the characterization of network functions using poles and zeros

  1. understand how diodes, bipolar junction transistors and MOSFETs operate and in particular be familiar with their operating characteristics in a graphical form

  1. understand and be able to analyze how diodes are used in clipping, clamping, rectifying and regulating applications

  1. understand and analyze how transistors are used in amplifier circuits

  1. understand the characteristics of operational amplifier circuits and analyze their use in circuits for amplification, signal processing and filtering purposes

  1. understand and analyze the use of transistors in logic circuits

  1. understand and analyze the use of switching transistors in power electronic circuits.

  1. construct electronic circuits in the laboratory and measure their behaviour using appropriate instruments.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 70%
Laboratory and assignment work: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Arthur Lowery

Contact hours

3 hours lectures, 3 hours of practice/laboratory classes and 6 hours of private study per week

Prohibitions

ECE2061, ECE2601, GSE2302


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)R Rimington/S Khoddam (Clayton); S G Ponnambalam (M'sia)

Synopsis

Students will learn the planning and communication skills required to undertake a group project. An introduction will be given to the evolution of mechatronic technologies, design tools and methodologies, concurrent engineering design support tools, mechatronic design process and requirement interpretation. The acquisition of these skills will be motivated and tested by applying them in a group project to design and build a mechatronic system. The mechatronic system will be based on a microcontroller together with appropriate mechanical structure, sensors and actuators.

Objectives

The aim of this unit is to provide a focus in the second semester of level 3 of the mechatronics program where studies from the earlier stages of the course are integrated into whole design tasks involving group work. Additional project management elements including planning, management and documentation are included in this unit. The application of project management techniques to the level 3 project will provide additional context and motivation for this material.

Assessment

Examination (2 hours): 30%
Tutorial work: 10%
Assignments: 60%.

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Bijan Shirinzadeh

Contact hours

Lectures: 2 hours per week + Laboratory classes: 3 hours per week + Tutorial: 1 hour per week + Private study: 6 hours per week

Prerequisites

TRC2000, TRC3300

Prohibitions

ECE3905


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr A Neild; Mr V Ragavan (M'sia)

Synopsis

Instruction on the basics of dynamics of mechatronic systems, incorporating electromagnetics into advanced dynamics analysis via D'Lambert's principle, Hamiton's equations and the virtual power (Jourdain/Kane) method. Focus on applications of dynamics in mechatronics, with kinematics and dynamics of robotic structures, magnetoelectromechanical transducers (motors, speakers, vibration sensors, and so on). Consideration of the inevitable and critical consequences of nonlinearities in dynamic response, including limit cycles and Poincar maps and flows. Reinforcement of concepts using laboratory experiments and computer analysis on simple mechatronic systems.

Objectives

Students are to gain the ability to model the dynamics of systems incorporating mechanical, electrical, magnetic, and other forms of energy storage and interaction, with consideration of the consequences of nonlinear behavior. Experimental and computational work will provide the student with a reinforced understanding of mechatronic dynamics.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 70%
Laboratory work: 20%
Written assignments:10%.

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Bijan Shirinzadeh

Contact hours

3 hours lectures, 3 hours laboratory/tutorial classes and six hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

TRC2201 and ENG2092


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)A Price (Clayton); N Kamrani (Msia)

Synopsis

An introduction to computer architecture using a modern microprocessor as an example. Practical considerations involved in interconnecting logic element. Software and hardware techniques for interfacing computers to peripheral devices. Introduction to communication protocols used to connect local peripheral devices to a microprocessor, including RS232/RS422/RS485, CAN bus and i2C. An introduction to real time systems including concurrency, inter-process communications and scheduling.

Objectives

Students are expected to acquire a basic knowledge of microprocessor systems at all levels of abstraction. They should also develop the ability to interconnect microprocessors and peripheral devices to create a functioning system. Given microprocessor hardware students should be able to program the system to interact with external sensors and actuators in a timely manner.

Assessment

Written assignments: 10%
Laboratory work: 20%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Arthur Lowery

Contact hours

3 hours lectures, 3 hours laboratory/practice classes and six hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

(ECE2071 or CSE1301 or FIT1002 or TEC2171 or TRC2400) and (ECE2072 or TEC2172 or TRC2300)

Prohibitions

ECE3073, ECE3703, GSE2303, GSE3802, TEC3174


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)B Lithgow (Clayton); S Parasuraman (Msia)

Synopsis

The unit provides an introduction to transducer principles and the background to classify them in terms of performance and characteristics. A range of commonly available sensors are considered. Electronic components and data acquisition/digital signal processing software used in sensor systems are examined. Advanced sensory systems and associated programming techniques are introduced using robotic systems as an example domain.

Objectives

The student is expected to acquire an understanding of transducer principles and to be able to evaluate sensors in terms of their performance and characteristics. They should be able to develop a complete sensory system including specifying the electronic components required and programming data acquisition and signal processing functions. Students should gather an appreciation of advanced sensory techniques used in robotics and be familiar with their implementation and programming requirements.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 70%
Laboratory work: 20%
Written assignments: 10%.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Arthur Lowery

Contact hours

3 hours lectures, 3 hours laboratory/practice classes and six hours of private study per week.

Prerequisites

TRC2500

Co-requisites

TRC3300

Prohibitions

ECE4306, GSE3801


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Brendan P McGrath (Clayton), D Lee (Sunway)

Synopsis

Switched energy conversion processes. Buck and boost converters. Modulation and control of converters. Second order issues: physical construction, passive components, magnetics, control circuits, simulation. Switched mode power supplies, isolated topologies derived from buck and boost converters. Practical applications including computer power supplies, battery chargers, UPS. Structure and operation of DC, AC and reluctance motors. Motor operation at variable speeds. Open and closed loop motor drive systems, servo motor drives, stepping motor drives, speed and torque controlled drives.

Objectives

Students are expected to acquire knowledge of switched power electronic conversion circuits and their application to switched mode power supplies and variable speed electrical motor drive systems. They should be able to design, analyse, physically construct and experimentally verify the performance of non-isolated and isolated power electronic conversion systems. They should understand the operating principles of electrical motors, particularly when controlled by a power electronic converter system. They should be able to specify requirements for variable speed motor drive systems in different applications, and experimentally investigate and confirm their performance in a laboratory setting.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 70%
Laboratory work: 20%
Written assignments: 10%.

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Arthur Lowery

Contact hours

3 hours lectures, 3 hours laboratory/tutorial and six hours of private study per week.

Prerequisites

ENG1030 and TRC2500

Prohibitions

ECE3051, ECE3502 and ECE4504


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr S Khoddam (Clayton); Dr Edwin Tan (Sunway)

Synopsis

Instruction on automatic control of electromechanical systems, including analysis, experimental, and computational techniques (with Matlab/Simulink). Control system design through state-space and digital control methods for application to mechatronics, with particular focus on compensators, controllability, observability, z-transform time discretization, and the basics of control of nonlinear systems.

Objectives

Students are expected to gain the ability to model and control mechatronics systems through analysis, computational, and experimental methods; master the fundamentals of modern and digital control theories in order to apply them to the design of control systems, and understand the significance and difficulty associated with nonlinear phenomena in control system design.

Assessment

Written assignments:10%
Laboratory work: 20%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Arthur Lowery

Contact hours

3 hours lectures, 3 hours laboratory/tutorial and six hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

TRC3200


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)J-F Nie (Clayton); D Lee (M'sia)

Synopsis

This is a core third level unit which provides an introduction to the basic physical and mechanical properties of common materials (metals, composites and ceramics). It presents students with the basic knowledge on functional materials and devices. Material selection, materials performance and failure mechanisms will be discussed in application to selected modern devices in mechatronics and aerospace engineering. In addition, some discussion will focus on device fabrication.

Objectives

Students are expected to gain an understanding of materials classification and their atomic and molecular structure. They should be able to describe the features of a material which control a given property and appreciate the material properties and their relation to structure as a function of forming methods and heat treatment processes. Students will be expected to formulate design criteria based on material properties and to demonstrate an appreciation of material compatibility requirements in the fabrication of devices from different classes of materials.

Assessment

Two written assignments: 20%
Laboratory work: 15%
Final examination (3 hours): 65%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Arthur Lowery

Contact hours

3 hours lectures, 1 hour tutorial/practice classes, 1 hour laboratory class, seven hours of private study per week and 9 hours laboratory classes per semester

Prohibitions

ENG1050, MSC2022, MTE2544


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)S G Ponnambalam (Msia)

Synopsis

Manufacturing Operations, Models and Metrics. Automation and NC/CNC. Material Transport and storage systems. Manufacturing Systems: Single cell, Assembly line, Cellular Manufacturing and Flexible Manufacturing systems. Manufacturing Support Systems: CAD/CAM/CIM, Process planning, Production planning including material requirement planning, manufacturing resource planning, shop floor control, inventory control.

Manufacturing excellence: push/pull systems, pull control systems, JIT, TQM, simulation of manufacturing systems.

Objectives

Students are to gain an understanding of the manufacturing systems taxonomy, manufacturing systems, CNC Programming, Cellular and Flexible Manufacturing Systems, Material Transport and storage systems, manufacturing support systems such as process planning, production planning and control. Students also learn modern manufacturing systems such as, pull systems (KANBAN and CONWIP), and Just-In-Time systems and to evaluate manufacturing systems using simulation.

Assessment

Laboratory work and assignments: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Arthur Lowery

Contact hours

3 hours lectures, 2 hours laboratory classes, 1 hour tutorial classes and 6 hours of private study a week

Prerequisites

TRC2100

Co-requisites

TRC3000


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)D Parasuraman (M'sia)

Synopsis

The aim of this capstone unit is to provide an opportunity for students to undertake a substantial individual or small group project. In order complete the project studies from earlier stages of the course will be integrated into a complete design/build/test task, a computer modelling or simulation task or a combination of both. It is envisaged that the project may involve design of mechanical components, sensing, actuation and computing elements, a simulated model or similar. Before work is started on the project a safety induction and/or risk assessment process will be completed. The student will also complete a research proposal or requirements analysis to ensure that the scope and expected outcomes of the project are agreed between student and supervisor. A progress report at the end of the semester will give a detailed account of progress and a research plan for the next semester.

Objectives

Students will gain the experience of designing, building and testing a mechatronic hardware or simulated system. In doing this they will strengthen their ability to perform self-directed study. The interaction and tradeoffs between different elements of a mechatronic system will become clearer. Students will learn to plan their work and make effective use of their time. Overall the project will help to integrate knowledge gained in units completed earlier in the mechatronics course program.

Assessment

Full semester project-based work: 100% including a written progress report at the end of semester and other criteria as decided by the department offering the thesis project.

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Bijan Shirinzadeh

Contact hours

12 hours week of engagement in project activities.

Prerequisites

132 credit points completed including TRC3000.

Prohibitions

ECE4911, ECE4912, ECE5911, ECE5912, MEC4401, MEC4402


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)S Khoddam (Clayton); S Parasuraman (M'sia)

Synopsis

The aim of this capstone unit is to provide an opportunity for students to undertake a substantial individual or small group project with a strong mechatronics content. In order complete the project studies from earlier stages of the course will be integrated into a complete design/build/test task. It is envisaged that the project will involve design of mechanical components, sensing, actuation and computing elements.

Objectives

Students will gain the experience of designing, building and testing a mechatronic hardware or simulated system. In doing this they will strengthen their ability to perform self-directed study. The interaction and tradeoffs between different elements of a mechatronic system will become clearer. Students will learn to plan their work and make effective use of their time. Overall the project will help to integrate knowledge gained in units completed earlier in the mechatronics program.

Assessment

Full semester project-based work: 100% including a written report submitted towards the end of semester and other criteria as decided by the department offering the thesis project. The assessed mark will be combined with the mark for TRC4000 to arrive at an overall mark for the two units.

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Bijan Shirinzadeh

Contact hours

12 hours week of engagement in project activities.

Prerequisites

TRC4000 in the previous semester

Prohibitions

ECE4911, ECE4912, ECE5911, ECE5912, MEC4401, MEC4402


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton Second semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)R Rimington (Clayton); S G Ponnambalam (M'sia)

Synopsis

This unit provides an introduction to aspects of management relevant to the needs of the professional mechatronics engineer. Students will be introduced to a range of topics including the role of a manager, organizations, financial management, marketing and planning, legal issues and professional ethics.

Objectives

The aim of this unit is to provide a broad introduction to aspects of management relevant to a professional mechatronics engineer. Theoretical concepts will be introduced followed by practical applications and skill development. Students will develop an understanding of the nature of the business environment and learn basic skills in several key areas of management.

Assessment

Assignments: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Arthur Lowery

Contact hours

3 hours week lectures and 2 hours week tutorials and 7 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

TRC3000

Prohibitions

ECE4099


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedNot offered in 2010
Coordinator(s)A Senanayake (M'sia)

Synopsis

Studies from earlier stages of the course are integrated in such a way that students will gain knowledge and skills in the development of movement analysis system. Fundamental devices of bio-electronic devices and phases involved in product development are covered. Bioinstrumentation for measurements of key parameters involved in the use of bio-interfacing devices is addressed based on virtual technologies. Basic elements required for bio-interfacing devices in movement analysis, sensors and vision are considered. In order to downolad acquired data/signals from sensors and vision, specific Data Acquisition (DAQ) methods will be analysed and tested. Students will be taught synchronisation of signals and data as the critical issue. Based on synchronized data signals, movement model reconstruction will be essential in order to understand the motion. Finally, motion regeneration will be created based on the movement data measured and preprocessed.

Objectives

After completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. develop prototypes of real time systems for movement analysis
  2. utilise bio-interfacing devices, bio-instrumentation and virtual technologies
  3. incorporate varieties of wired and wireless sensors and different vision technologies, video and optical as fundamental elements for movement analysis
  4. construct bio-interfacing devices using the integration of DAQ modules together with virtual technologies as measurement tools
  5. extract preproprocessed data and signals using interactive Graphical User Interfacing (IGUI) programming to reconstruct movement models
  6. understand the key features and phases involved in motion regeneeration development, testing and simulation in order to represent accurate movement in soft-real time

Assessment

Assignments: 30%
Tutorial work: 10%
Examination (3 hours): 60%

Contact hours

Lectures: 2 hours per week + Laboratory: 3 hours per week + Practice class: 1 hour per week

Prerequisites

TRC2400 or ECE2071 or MEC2407 and 96 credit points and all first level units completed


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)C Chen

Synopsis

The unit will cover fundamentals of robotics and robotic automation. The contents include: Spatial descriptions and transformations, manipulator forward and inverse kinematics, differential relationships and the Jacobian. Manipulator dynamics. Problem specification and solution preparation. Manipulator and end-effector configuration and design. Manipulator position control, involving sensing and actuation. Robotics in manufacturing and automation. Task Planning and techniques for modelling, simulation and programming of robotic tasks. Computational geometry for design and manufacture. Introduction to autonomous systems.

Objectives

Students are expected to gain the ability to appreciate, design and analyse robotic mechanisms. This will involve consideration of manipulator kinematics and dynamics. They will gain familiarity with techniques for modeling, simulation and programming of robotic tasks. The students will become familiar with applications of autonomous robotic systems including advanced forms of robot sensing.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 70%
Laboratory work and written assignments: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Arthur Lowery

Contact hours

2.5 hours lectures, 2.5 hours laboratories/tutorials and 7 hours of private study per week

Prerequisites

TRC3600

Prohibitions

MEC4456


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedClayton First semester 2010 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)J Armstrong (Clayton); A Senanayake (M'sia)

Synopsis

This unit provides an introduction to the important aspects of modern telecommunication systems. Particular emphasis is given to digital communication systems including the internet. The concept of layered architectures will be introduced. Topics will include modulation techniques, source and error coding, multiplexing, peer to peer protocols, LAN protocols, packet switching, TCP/IP architecture and network security.

Objectives

The unit will highlight the principles of packet-switched networks and protocol stacks together with serialization of data for transmission. Wide area network protocols, including TCP/IP, simple radio data communications, optical communications, and principles of multi-access protocols, Ethernet and CSMA/CD algorithm will then be introduced. Familiarity will be gained with encoding, encryption and compression of data, together with the operation of network hosts and services, basic routing principles, alternatives to IPv4 and principles of personal area networks. The material will then be consolidated by considering the use of telecommunications technology in practical applications.

Assessment

Laboratory and assignment work: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Bijan Shirinzadeh

Contact hours

3 hours lectures, 3 hours laboratory/tutorial and 6 hours of private study per week

Prohibitions

ECE2041, ECE2401, TEC2141


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedSunway Second semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)A Senanayake (M'sia)

Synopsis

This unit will introduce students to hardware/software systems and codesign philosophy for Systems-on-a-Chip (SoC). Material on behavioural design, architecture selection, partitioning, scheduling, and communication will be covered. Design methodologies and tools including Hardware Description Languages (HDLs) and methods for system testing and verification will be introduced. The concept of intellectual property, reuse and verification will be presented. Examples and case studies from mechatronics related industries in Malaysia will be examined and SoC prototype product development will be investigated in hands-on laboratory exercises.

Objectives

Students are expected to gain knowledge of real-time embedded systems for real world applications. They will learn about software/hardware integration and I/O programming. State-of-the-art SoC platforms and emerging embedded system development tools will be introduced. Integration of hardware modules to construct embedded systems, and the programming models and characteristics of various input/out interfaces will be emphasised. Students will develop an understanding of how assembly language, high-level languages and Hardware Description Languages (HDLs) can be chosen to meet computation, resource, software development requirements.

Assessment

Tutorial work: 10%
Assignments: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Bijan Shirinzadeh

Contact hours

2 hours week lectures, 3 hours week laboratory/tutorials and 7 hours week of private study

Prerequisites

TRC3300


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Engineering
OfferedSunway First semester 2010 (Day)
Coordinator(s)V Ganapathy (M'sia)

Synopsis

This unit provides a systematic approach of solving a variety of engineering problems using artificial intelligence techniques including fuzzy logic, artificial neural networks and genetic algorithms. The theory and applications of these soft computing techniques will be considered. Students will learn AI methods of problem solving. The AI language LISP will be introduced. The Matlab fuzzy logic, neural network and genetic algorithm toolboxes will be used to solve engineering problems.

Objectives

The aim of this unit is to introduce the principles of artificial intelligence and soft computing techniques and shows how these techniques can be applied to solve a wide variety of engineering problems. Students will develop an understanding of and confidence in applying such artificial intelligence techniques as neural networks, fuzzy logic systems and genetic algorithms.

Assessment

Mid semester test: 10%
Practice assessment(lab): 20%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Bijan Shirinzadeh

Contact hours

2 hours of lectures, 3 hours of practice classes and 7 hours week of private study by the student

Prerequisites

TRC3300

Prohibitions

ECE4708, ECE5708, GSE4703